|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
17 /*
|
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
|
19 */
|
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
|
523
|
34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13
|
|
477
|
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
|
|
|
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
|
|
7
|
37
|
|
|
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
|
41 {
|
|
|
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
|
477
|
43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^P^S^U^V^Y)"),
|
|
449
|
44 NULL,
|
|
7
|
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
|
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
|
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
|
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
|
50 NULL,
|
|
|
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
|
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
|
12
|
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
|
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
|
523
|
55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
|
|
477
|
56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (^S^N^P)"),
|
|
449
|
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
58 };
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62 /*
|
|
|
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
|
64 */
|
|
464
|
65 typedef struct Completion compl_T;
|
|
7
|
66 struct Completion
|
|
|
67 {
|
|
464
|
68 compl_T *cp_next;
|
|
|
69 compl_T *cp_prev;
|
|
|
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
|
|
|
71 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match */
|
|
|
72 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
|
73 int cp_number; /* sequence number */
|
|
7
|
74 };
|
|
|
75
|
|
464
|
76 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
|
7
|
77 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
79 /*
|
|
|
80 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
|
449
|
81 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
|
82 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
|
83 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
|
|
|
84 * ins_compl_get_exp().
|
|
7
|
85 */
|
|
464
|
86 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
|
|
|
87 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
88 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
|
|
449
|
89
|
|
|
90 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
|
|
|
91 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
|
|
|
92 static int compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
93
|
|
464
|
94 static int compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
95 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
96 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
97 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
98 static int compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
99 static pos_T compl_startpos;
|
|
|
100 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
|
101 * that is being completed */
|
|
|
102 static int save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
103 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
|
|
|
104 * completion started */
|
|
|
105 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
|
106 static expand_T compl_xp;
|
|
449
|
107
|
|
|
108 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
109 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
|
|
7
|
110 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int dir));
|
|
|
111 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
112 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
113 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
114 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
115 static void ins_compl_show_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
7
|
116 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int dir, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
|
117 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
118 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
119 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
120 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
|
121 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini, int dir));
|
|
|
122 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
123 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
124 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion));
|
|
|
125 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
126 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
|
127 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
129 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
|
130 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
|
131 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
|
132 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
134 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
135 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
136 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
137 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
|
138 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
139 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
140 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
|
221
|
141 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
142 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
484
|
143 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
|
|
497
|
144 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */
|
|
221
|
145 #endif
|
|
7
|
146 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
|
147 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
148 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
149 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
150 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
|
151 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
152 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
153 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
|
154 #endif
|
|
|
155 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
156 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
157 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
158 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
159 #endif
|
|
|
160 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
161 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
|
449
|
162 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
|
|
477
|
163 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
|
|
7
|
164 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
165 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
166 #endif
|
|
|
167 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
168 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
169 #endif
|
|
449
|
170 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
|
|
|
171 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
|
|
7
|
172 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
|
173 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
174 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
|
175 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
176 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
177 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
|
178 #endif
|
|
|
179 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
180 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
181 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
182 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
183 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
184 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
185 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
186 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
187 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
188 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
189 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
190 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
191 #endif
|
|
|
192 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
193 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
194 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
195 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
196 #endif
|
|
|
197 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
449
|
198 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
|
|
7
|
199 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
200 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
201 #endif
|
|
|
202 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
204 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
|
205 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
|
206
|
|
|
207 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
|
208 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
|
209 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
|
210 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
212 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
213 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
|
214 #endif
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
216 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
218 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
298
|
219 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
|
220 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
|
221 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
|
222 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
|
7
|
223 #endif
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
225 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
|
226 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
|
227 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
|
228
|
|
|
229 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
|
230 under the cursor */
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
232 /*
|
|
|
233 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
|
234 *
|
|
|
235 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
|
236 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
|
237 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
|
238 * 'R' replace command
|
|
|
239 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
|
240 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
|
241 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
|
242 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
243 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
244 *
|
|
|
245 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
|
246 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
|
247 *
|
|
|
248 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
|
249 */
|
|
|
250 int
|
|
|
251 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
|
252 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
253 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
|
254 long count;
|
|
|
255 {
|
|
|
256 int c = 0;
|
|
|
257 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
258 int lastc;
|
|
|
259 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
260 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
261 int i;
|
|
|
262 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
|
263 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
264 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
|
265 #endif
|
|
|
266 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
|
267 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
268 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
|
269 #endif
|
|
|
270 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
|
271 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
|
272 int did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
477
|
273 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */
|
|
7
|
274
|
|
|
275 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
|
276 * error message */
|
|
|
277 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
|
278
|
|
|
279 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
|
280 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
|
281 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
|
282 {
|
|
|
283 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
|
284 return FALSE;
|
|
|
285 }
|
|
|
286 #endif
|
|
|
287
|
|
|
288 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
289 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
290 #endif
|
|
|
291
|
|
11
|
292 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
293 /*
|
|
|
294 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
|
295 */
|
|
|
296 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
297 {
|
|
532
|
298 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
11
|
299 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
300 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
|
301 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
|
302 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
|
303 else
|
|
|
304 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
|
305 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
|
532
|
306 # endif
|
|
11
|
307 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
308 }
|
|
|
309 #endif
|
|
|
310
|
|
7
|
311 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
312 /*
|
|
|
313 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
|
314 * where the paste started.
|
|
|
315 */
|
|
|
316 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
317 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
|
318 else
|
|
|
319 #endif
|
|
|
320 {
|
|
|
321 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
322 if (startln)
|
|
|
323 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
324 }
|
|
|
325 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
326 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
327 if (!did_ai)
|
|
|
328 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
330 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
331 {
|
|
|
332 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
333 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
|
334 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
335 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
336 {
|
|
|
337 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
|
338 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
|
339 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
|
340 }
|
|
|
341 else
|
|
|
342 #endif
|
|
|
343 {
|
|
|
344 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
|
345 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
|
346 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
|
347 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
|
348 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
|
349 }
|
|
|
350 }
|
|
|
351
|
|
|
352 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
353 {
|
|
|
354 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
355 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
356 {
|
|
|
357 beep_flush();
|
|
|
358 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
359 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
360 }
|
|
|
361 else
|
|
|
362 #endif
|
|
|
363 State = REPLACE;
|
|
|
364 }
|
|
|
365 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
366 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
367 {
|
|
|
368 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
369 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
370 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
371 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
372 }
|
|
|
373 #endif
|
|
|
374 else
|
|
|
375 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
376
|
|
|
377 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
378
|
|
|
379 /*
|
|
|
380 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
|
381 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
|
382 */
|
|
|
383 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
|
384
|
|
|
385 /*
|
|
|
386 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
|
387 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
|
388 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
|
389 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
|
390 */
|
|
|
391 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
|
392 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
393 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
394 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
|
395 #endif
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
397 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
398 setmouse();
|
|
|
399 #endif
|
|
|
400 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
401 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
402 #endif
|
|
|
403 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
404 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
|
405 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
406 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
407 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
408 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
409 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
410 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
411 #endif
|
|
|
412
|
|
|
413 /*
|
|
|
414 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
|
415 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
|
416 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
|
417 */
|
|
|
418 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
|
419 {
|
|
|
420 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
421 /*
|
|
|
422 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
|
423 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
|
424 */
|
|
|
425 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
|
426 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
427 else
|
|
|
428 #endif
|
|
|
429 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
430 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
|
431
|
|
|
432 /*
|
|
|
433 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
|
434 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
|
435 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
|
436 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
|
437 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
|
438 */
|
|
|
439 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
440 update_curswant();
|
|
230
|
441 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
|
7
|
442 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
443 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
|
444 {
|
|
|
445 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
446 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
447 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
448 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
449 {
|
|
474
|
450 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
451 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
452 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
|
453 }
|
|
|
454 #endif
|
|
|
455 }
|
|
230
|
456 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
457 }
|
|
|
458 else
|
|
|
459 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
460
|
|
|
461 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
|
462 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
|
463
|
|
|
464 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
|
465 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
466
|
|
|
467 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
468 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
469 #endif
|
|
|
470 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
471 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
472 #endif
|
|
|
473 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
474 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
|
475 * restarting. */
|
|
|
476 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
477 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
478 #endif
|
|
|
479
|
|
|
480 /*
|
|
|
481 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
|
482 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
|
483 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
|
484 */
|
|
|
485 i = 0;
|
|
|
486 if (p_smd)
|
|
|
487 i = showmode();
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
489 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
490 change_warning(i + 1);
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
492 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
493 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
494 #endif
|
|
|
495 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
496 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
497 #endif
|
|
|
498
|
|
|
499 /*
|
|
|
500 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
|
501 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
|
502 */
|
|
|
503 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
|
504 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
505 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
506 else
|
|
|
507 {
|
|
|
508 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
509 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
510 }
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
512 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
513
|
|
|
514 /*
|
|
|
515 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
|
516 */
|
|
|
517 for (;;)
|
|
|
518 {
|
|
|
519 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
520 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
|
521 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
|
522 else
|
|
|
523 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
524 #endif
|
|
|
525 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
|
526 count = 0;
|
|
|
527
|
|
|
528 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
529 {
|
|
|
530 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
|
531 count = 0;
|
|
|
532 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
533 }
|
|
|
534
|
|
|
535 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
|
536 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
537 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
538
|
|
|
539 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
|
540 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
|
541 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
|
542 {
|
|
|
543 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
|
544 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
|
545 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
546 }
|
|
|
547
|
|
|
548 /*
|
|
|
549 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
|
550 */
|
|
|
551 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
|
552
|
|
|
553 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
554 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
|
555 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
|
556 * autocommand. */
|
|
|
557 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
|
558 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
|
559 #endif
|
|
|
560
|
|
|
561 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
562 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
|
563 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
|
564 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
565 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
|
566 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
567 foldCheckClose();
|
|
|
568 #endif
|
|
|
569
|
|
|
570 /*
|
|
|
571 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
|
572 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
|
573 * redraw.
|
|
|
574 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
|
575 * something.
|
|
|
576 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
|
577 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
|
578 */
|
|
|
579 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
|
580 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
581 && !did_backspace
|
|
|
582 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
|
583 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
584 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
|
585 #endif
|
|
|
586 )
|
|
|
587 {
|
|
|
588 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
589 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
590
|
|
|
591 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
592 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
|
593 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
|
594 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
595 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
596 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
|
597 #endif
|
|
|
598 ))
|
|
|
599 {
|
|
|
600 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
601 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
|
602 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
603 else
|
|
|
604 #endif
|
|
|
605 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
606 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
|
607 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
|
608 else
|
|
|
609 #endif
|
|
|
610 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
|
611 }
|
|
|
612 }
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
614 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
|
615 update_topline();
|
|
|
616
|
|
|
617 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
618
|
|
|
619 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
|
620
|
|
|
621 /*
|
|
|
622 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
|
623 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
|
624 */
|
|
|
625 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
626
|
|
|
627 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
628 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
629 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
630 #endif
|
|
|
631
|
|
|
632 update_curswant();
|
|
|
633 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
634 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
635 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
636 #endif
|
|
|
637
|
|
|
638 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
639 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
640 #endif
|
|
|
641
|
|
|
642 /*
|
|
|
643 * Get a character for Insert mode.
|
|
|
644 */
|
|
|
645 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
|
646 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
647
|
|
|
648 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
649 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
650 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
651 #endif
|
|
|
652 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
653 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
654 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
655 #endif
|
|
|
656
|
|
|
657 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
540
|
658 /* When the popup menu is visible cursor keys change the selection. */
|
|
|
659 if (c == K_UP && pum_visible())
|
|
|
660 c = Ctrl_P;
|
|
|
661 if (c == K_DOWN && pum_visible())
|
|
|
662 c = Ctrl_N;
|
|
|
663
|
|
7
|
664 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
|
665 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
|
464
|
666 if (c != K_IGNORE)
|
|
540
|
667 {
|
|
|
668 if (ins_compl_prep(c))
|
|
|
669 continue;
|
|
|
670 }
|
|
7
|
671 #endif
|
|
|
672
|
|
477
|
673 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
|
|
|
674 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
|
|
|
675 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */
|
|
7
|
676 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
|
677 {
|
|
|
678 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
679 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
680 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
681 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
682 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
683 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
684 --allow_keys;
|
|
477
|
685 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
|
|
7
|
686 {
|
|
477
|
687 /* it's something else */
|
|
7
|
688 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
689 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
|
690 }
|
|
|
691 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
|
692 continue;
|
|
|
693 else
|
|
|
694 {
|
|
477
|
695 if (c == Ctrl_O)
|
|
|
696 {
|
|
|
697 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
698 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */
|
|
|
699 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
|
700 }
|
|
7
|
701 count = 0;
|
|
|
702 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
703 }
|
|
|
704 }
|
|
|
705
|
|
|
706 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
707 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
|
708 #endif
|
|
|
709
|
|
|
710 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
711 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
712 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
713 #endif
|
|
|
714 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
|
715 {
|
|
|
716 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
|
717 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
|
718 continue;
|
|
|
719 }
|
|
|
720
|
|
|
721 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
722 if (cindent_on()
|
|
|
723 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
724 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
725 # endif
|
|
|
726 )
|
|
|
727 {
|
|
|
728 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
|
729 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
|
730 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
|
731 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
|
732 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
|
733 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
|
734 goto force_cindent;
|
|
|
735 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
|
736 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
737 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
738 }
|
|
|
739 #endif
|
|
|
740
|
|
|
741 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
742 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
743 switch (c)
|
|
|
744 {
|
|
|
745 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
746 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
747 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
748 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
749 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
750 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
751 }
|
|
|
752 #endif
|
|
|
753
|
|
|
754 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
755 /*
|
|
|
756 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
|
757 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
|
758 * characters.
|
|
|
759 */
|
|
|
760 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
|
761 continue;
|
|
|
762 #endif
|
|
|
763
|
|
|
764 /*
|
|
|
765 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
|
766 */
|
|
|
767 switch (c)
|
|
|
768 {
|
|
449
|
769 case ESC: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
770 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
771 break;
|
|
|
772 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
773
|
|
449
|
774 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
775 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
776 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
777 {
|
|
|
778 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
779 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
|
780 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
|
781 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
782 }
|
|
|
783 #endif
|
|
|
784
|
|
|
785 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
786 do_intr:
|
|
|
787 #endif
|
|
|
788 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
|
789 * Insert mode */
|
|
|
790 if (goto_im())
|
|
|
791 {
|
|
|
792 if (got_int)
|
|
|
793 {
|
|
|
794 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
|
795 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
796 }
|
|
|
797 else
|
|
|
798 vim_beep();
|
|
|
799 break;
|
|
|
800 }
|
|
|
801 doESCkey:
|
|
|
802 /*
|
|
|
803 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
|
804 */
|
|
|
805 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
|
806 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
|
230
|
807 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
7
|
808 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
809
|
|
477
|
810 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
|
|
11
|
811 {
|
|
|
812 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
813 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
814 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
815 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
816 #endif
|
|
7
|
817 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
|
11
|
818 }
|
|
7
|
819 continue;
|
|
|
820
|
|
449
|
821 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
|
822 if (!p_im)
|
|
|
823 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
|
824 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
|
825 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
|
826 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
827
|
|
|
828 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
|
|
502
|
829 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
523
|
830 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
449
|
831 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
832 #endif
|
|
|
833 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
834 break;
|
|
|
835 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
836 count = 0;
|
|
|
837 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
838
|
|
464
|
839 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
|
840 case K_KINS:
|
|
|
841 ins_insert(replaceState);
|
|
|
842 break;
|
|
|
843
|
|
|
844 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
|
845 break;
|
|
|
846
|
|
449
|
847 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
848 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
|
|
|
849 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
|
850 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
851 #endif
|
|
|
852
|
|
|
853 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
|
854 case K_F1:
|
|
|
855 case K_XF1:
|
|
|
856 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
|
857 if (p_im)
|
|
|
858 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
|
859 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
860
|
|
|
861 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
862 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
|
|
|
863 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
864 i = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
865 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
866 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
|
867 break;
|
|
|
868 #endif
|
|
|
869
|
|
|
870 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
|
|
7
|
871 case NUL:
|
|
|
872 case Ctrl_A:
|
|
449
|
873 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
|
874 * error. */
|
|
7
|
875 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
|
876 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
|
877 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
|
878 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
879 break;
|
|
|
880
|
|
449
|
881 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
|
|
7
|
882 ins_reg();
|
|
|
883 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
884 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
885 break;
|
|
|
886
|
|
449
|
887 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
|
|
7
|
888 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
|
889 break;
|
|
|
890
|
|
449
|
891 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
|
|
|
892 ins_ctrl_hat();
|
|
7
|
893 break;
|
|
|
894
|
|
|
895 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
449
|
896 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
|
|
7
|
897 if (!p_ari)
|
|
|
898 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
899 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
|
900 break;
|
|
|
901 #endif
|
|
|
902
|
|
449
|
903 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
|
7
|
904 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
905 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
906 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
907 #endif
|
|
|
908 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
909
|
|
449
|
910 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
|
7
|
911 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
912 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
913 {
|
|
449
|
914 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
|
|
|
915 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
916 break;
|
|
7
|
917 }
|
|
|
918 # endif
|
|
|
919 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
|
920 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
921 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
922 break;
|
|
|
923
|
|
449
|
924 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
|
|
7
|
925 case K_KDEL:
|
|
|
926 ins_del();
|
|
|
927 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
928 break;
|
|
|
929
|
|
449
|
930 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
931 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
|
932 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
933 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
934 break;
|
|
|
935
|
|
449
|
936 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
937 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
938 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
939 break;
|
|
|
940
|
|
449
|
941 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
|
12
|
942 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
943 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
|
449
|
944 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
12
|
945 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
946 # endif
|
|
7
|
947 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
948 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
949 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
950 break;
|
|
|
951
|
|
|
952 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
449
|
953 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
|
|
7
|
954 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
|
955 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
|
956 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
|
957 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
|
958 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
|
959 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
|
960 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
|
961 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
|
962 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
|
963 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
|
964 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
|
965 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
|
966 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
|
967 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
|
968 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
|
969 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
|
970 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
|
971 break;
|
|
|
972
|
|
449
|
973 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
|
7
|
974 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
|
975 break;
|
|
|
976
|
|
449
|
977 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
|
7
|
978 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
979 break;
|
|
|
980 #endif
|
|
|
981
|
|
449
|
982 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
|
|
7
|
983 break;
|
|
|
984
|
|
|
985 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
986 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
987 ins_scroll();
|
|
|
988 break;
|
|
|
989
|
|
|
990 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
991 ins_horscroll();
|
|
|
992 break;
|
|
|
993 #endif
|
|
|
994
|
|
449
|
995 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
|
|
7
|
996 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
997 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
998 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
|
999 ins_home(c);
|
|
|
1000 break;
|
|
|
1001
|
|
449
|
1002 case K_END: /* <End> */
|
|
7
|
1003 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
1004 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
1005 case K_C_END:
|
|
|
1006 ins_end(c);
|
|
|
1007 break;
|
|
|
1008
|
|
449
|
1009 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
|
|
180
|
1010 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1011 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1012 else
|
|
|
1013 ins_left();
|
|
7
|
1014 break;
|
|
|
1015
|
|
449
|
1016 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
|
|
7
|
1017 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
|
1018 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1019 break;
|
|
|
1020
|
|
449
|
1021 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
|
|
180
|
1022 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1023 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1024 else
|
|
|
1025 ins_right();
|
|
7
|
1026 break;
|
|
|
1027
|
|
449
|
1028 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
|
|
7
|
1029 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1030 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1031 break;
|
|
|
1032
|
|
449
|
1033 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
|
|
180
|
1034 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1035 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1036 else
|
|
|
1037 ins_up(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1038 break;
|
|
|
1039
|
|
449
|
1040 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
|
|
7
|
1041 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
1042 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
1043 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1044 break;
|
|
|
1045
|
|
449
|
1046 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
|
|
180
|
1047 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1048 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1049 else
|
|
|
1050 ins_down(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1051 break;
|
|
|
1052
|
|
449
|
1053 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
|
|
7
|
1054 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1055 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1056 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1057 break;
|
|
|
1058
|
|
|
1059 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
449
|
1060 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
|
|
7
|
1061 ins_drop();
|
|
|
1062 break;
|
|
|
1063 #endif
|
|
|
1064
|
|
449
|
1065 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
|
|
7
|
1066 c = TAB;
|
|
|
1067 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1068
|
|
449
|
1069 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
|
7
|
1070 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1071 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
1072 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1073 #endif
|
|
|
1074 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1075 if (ins_tab())
|
|
|
1076 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
|
1077 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1078 break;
|
|
|
1079
|
|
449
|
1080 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
|
|
7
|
1081 c = CAR;
|
|
|
1082 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1083 case CAR:
|
|
|
1084 case NL:
|
|
|
1085 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
|
1086 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
|
1087 * cursor. */
|
|
|
1088 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
|
1089 {
|
|
|
1090 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
|
1091 break;
|
|
|
1092 }
|
|
|
1093 #endif
|
|
|
1094 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
1095 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
1096 {
|
|
|
1097 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
1098 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
|
1099 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1100 }
|
|
|
1101 #endif
|
|
|
1102 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
|
1103 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
1104 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1105 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1106 break;
|
|
|
1107
|
|
|
1108 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
|
449
|
1109 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
|
|
7
|
1110 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1111 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
|
1112 {
|
|
449
|
1113 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
|
|
|
1114 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1115 break;
|
|
7
|
1116 }
|
|
|
1117 # endif
|
|
|
1118 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
1119 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
|
1120 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
1121 break;
|
|
|
1122 # endif
|
|
|
1123 goto normalchar;
|
|
449
|
1124 #endif
|
|
7
|
1125
|
|
|
1126 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
464
|
1127 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1128 ins_ctrl_x();
|
|
|
1129 break;
|
|
|
1130
|
|
449
|
1131 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1132 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
|
1133 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1134 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1135
|
|
449
|
1136 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1137 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
1138 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1139 goto docomplete;
|
|
477
|
1140
|
|
|
1141 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1142 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
1143 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
1144 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1145 goto docomplete;
|
|
7
|
1146 #endif
|
|
|
1147
|
|
449
|
1148 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1149 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1150 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
1151 #endif
|
|
|
1152 {
|
|
|
1153 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
|
1154 if (p_im)
|
|
|
1155 {
|
|
|
1156 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
1157 break;
|
|
|
1158 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1159 }
|
|
|
1160 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1161 }
|
|
|
1162 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1163 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1164
|
|
449
|
1165 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
|
7
|
1166 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
1167 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
|
1168 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
|
1169 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
|
1170 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
449
|
1171 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
|
7
|
1172 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1173
|
|
|
1174 docomplete:
|
|
|
1175 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
|
449
|
1176 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
1177 break;
|
|
|
1178 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1179
|
|
449
|
1180 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
|
1181 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
|
1182 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
|
|
7
|
1183 break;
|
|
|
1184
|
|
|
1185 default:
|
|
|
1186 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1187 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
|
1188 goto do_intr;
|
|
|
1189 #endif
|
|
|
1190
|
|
|
1191 /*
|
|
|
1192 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
|
1193 */
|
|
|
1194 normalchar:
|
|
|
1195 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1196 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
|
1197 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
|
1198 #endif
|
|
|
1199
|
|
|
1200 if (c == ' ')
|
|
|
1201 {
|
|
|
1202 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
1203 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1204 if (inindent(0))
|
|
|
1205 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
1206 #endif
|
|
|
1207 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
|
1208 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
1209 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
1210 }
|
|
|
1211
|
|
|
1212 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
|
1213 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1214 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
|
1215 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
|
1216 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
|
1217 #endif
|
|
|
1218 c))
|
|
|
1219 {
|
|
|
1220 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1221 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1222 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1223 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1224 #endif
|
|
|
1225 }
|
|
|
1226
|
|
|
1227 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1228
|
|
|
1229 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1230 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
|
1231 * closed fold. */
|
|
|
1232 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
1233 #endif
|
|
|
1234 break;
|
|
|
1235 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
|
1236
|
|
|
1237 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
|
1238 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
1239 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1240
|
|
|
1241 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1242 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
|
1243 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1244 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
1245 # endif
|
|
|
1246 )
|
|
|
1247 {
|
|
|
1248 force_cindent:
|
|
|
1249 /*
|
|
|
1250 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
1251 */
|
|
|
1252 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
|
1253 {
|
|
|
1254 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
1255 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
1256 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1257 }
|
|
|
1258 }
|
|
|
1259 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
1260
|
|
|
1261 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
|
1262 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
|
1263 }
|
|
|
1264
|
|
|
1265 /*
|
|
|
1266 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
|
1267 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
|
1268 * option work correctly.
|
|
|
1269 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
|
1270 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
|
1271 */
|
|
|
1272 static void
|
|
|
1273 ins_redraw()
|
|
|
1274 {
|
|
|
1275 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
1276 {
|
|
|
1277 if (must_redraw)
|
|
|
1278 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1279 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
|
1280 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
|
1281 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
|
1282 setcursor();
|
|
|
1283 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
|
1284 }
|
|
|
1285 }
|
|
|
1286
|
|
|
1287 /*
|
|
|
1288 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1289 */
|
|
|
1290 static void
|
|
|
1291 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
|
1292 {
|
|
|
1293 int c;
|
|
|
1294
|
|
|
1295 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
1296 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
1297
|
|
|
1298 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
1299 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
|
1300 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1301
|
|
|
1302 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1303 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
|
1304 #endif
|
|
|
1305
|
|
|
1306 c = get_literal();
|
|
|
1307 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1308 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
1309 #endif
|
|
|
1310 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1311 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1312 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1313 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1314 #endif
|
|
|
1315 }
|
|
|
1316
|
|
|
1317 /*
|
|
|
1318 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
|
1319 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1320 */
|
|
|
1321 static int pc_status;
|
|
|
1322 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
|
1323 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1324 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1325 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
|
1326 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1327 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1328 #else
|
|
|
1329 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1330 #endif
|
|
|
1331 static int pc_attr;
|
|
|
1332 static int pc_row;
|
|
|
1333 static int pc_col;
|
|
|
1334
|
|
|
1335 void
|
|
|
1336 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
|
1337 int c;
|
|
|
1338 int highlight;
|
|
|
1339 {
|
|
|
1340 int attr;
|
|
|
1341
|
|
|
1342 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
|
1343 {
|
|
|
1344 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
|
1345 validate_cursor();
|
|
|
1346 if (highlight)
|
|
|
1347 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
|
1348 else
|
|
|
1349 attr = 0;
|
|
|
1350 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
|
1351 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
|
1352 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1353 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
1354 #endif
|
|
|
1355 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1356 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
1357 {
|
|
|
1358 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1359 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1360 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1361 {
|
|
|
1362 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
|
1363
|
|
|
1364 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
|
1365 {
|
|
|
1366 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
|
1367 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1368 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1369 }
|
|
|
1370 }
|
|
|
1371 # endif
|
|
|
1372 }
|
|
|
1373 else
|
|
|
1374 #endif
|
|
|
1375 {
|
|
|
1376 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1377 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1378 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
|
1379 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
|
1380 #endif
|
|
|
1381 }
|
|
|
1382
|
|
|
1383 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
|
1384 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1385 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
|
1386 #endif
|
|
|
1387 {
|
|
|
1388 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
|
1389 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
|
1390 }
|
|
|
1391 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
|
1392 }
|
|
|
1393 }
|
|
|
1394
|
|
|
1395 /*
|
|
|
1396 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
|
1397 */
|
|
|
1398 void
|
|
|
1399 edit_unputchar()
|
|
|
1400 {
|
|
|
1401 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
|
1402 {
|
|
|
1403 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1404 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
|
1405 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1406 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
|
1407 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1408 else
|
|
|
1409 #endif
|
|
|
1410 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
|
1411 }
|
|
|
1412 }
|
|
|
1413
|
|
|
1414 /*
|
|
|
1415 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
|
1416 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
|
1417 */
|
|
|
1418 void
|
|
|
1419 display_dollar(col)
|
|
|
1420 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1421 {
|
|
|
1422 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
|
1423
|
|
|
1424 if (!redrawing())
|
|
|
1425 return;
|
|
|
1426
|
|
|
1427 cursor_off();
|
|
|
1428 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1429 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
1430 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1431 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1432 {
|
|
|
1433 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1434
|
|
|
1435 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
|
1436 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1437 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
|
1438 }
|
|
|
1439 #endif
|
|
|
1440 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
|
1441 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
|
1442 {
|
|
|
1443 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
|
1444 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
1445 }
|
|
|
1446 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
|
1447 }
|
|
|
1448
|
|
|
1449 /*
|
|
|
1450 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
|
1451 * in insert mode.
|
|
|
1452 */
|
|
|
1453 static void
|
|
|
1454 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
|
1455 {
|
|
|
1456 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
1457 {
|
|
|
1458 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1459 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1460 }
|
|
|
1461 }
|
|
|
1462
|
|
|
1463 /*
|
|
|
1464 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
|
1465 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
|
1466 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
|
1467 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
|
1468 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
|
1469 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
|
1470 */
|
|
|
1471 void
|
|
|
1472 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
|
|
|
1473 int type;
|
|
|
1474 int amount;
|
|
|
1475 int round;
|
|
|
1476 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
|
1477 {
|
|
|
1478 int vcol;
|
|
|
1479 int last_vcol;
|
|
|
1480 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
|
1481 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1482 int i;
|
|
|
1483 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1484 int save_p_list;
|
|
|
1485 int start_col;
|
|
|
1486 colnr_T vc;
|
|
|
1487 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1488 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1489 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1490
|
|
|
1491 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
|
1492 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1493 {
|
|
|
1494 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
|
1495 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1496 }
|
|
|
1497 #endif
|
|
|
1498
|
|
|
1499 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
|
1500 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1501 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1502 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
1503 vcol = vc;
|
|
|
1504
|
|
|
1505 /*
|
|
|
1506 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
|
1507 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
|
1508 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
|
1509 */
|
|
|
1510 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1511
|
|
|
1512 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
|
1513 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1514 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
1515 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1516
|
|
|
1517 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1518
|
|
|
1519 /*
|
|
|
1520 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
|
1521 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1522 */
|
|
|
1523 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
|
1524 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1525
|
|
|
1526 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
|
1527 start_col = -1;
|
|
|
1528
|
|
|
1529 /*
|
|
|
1530 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1531 */
|
|
|
1532 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
|
1533 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
1534 else
|
|
|
1535 {
|
|
|
1536 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1537 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
1538
|
|
|
1539 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
|
1540 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1541 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1542 #endif
|
|
|
1543 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
|
|
|
1544 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1545 State = save_State;
|
|
|
1546 #endif
|
|
|
1547 }
|
|
|
1548 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1549
|
|
|
1550 /*
|
|
|
1551 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
|
1552 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
|
1553 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
|
1554 * non-blank character.
|
|
|
1555 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1556 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
|
1557 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
|
1558 */
|
|
|
1559 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1560 {
|
|
|
1561 /*
|
|
|
1562 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
|
1563 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1564 */
|
|
|
1565 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
|
1566 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1567 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1568 }
|
|
|
1569 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1570 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1571 else
|
|
|
1572 {
|
|
|
1573 /*
|
|
|
1574 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
|
1575 */
|
|
|
1576 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1577 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
|
1578
|
|
|
1579 /*
|
|
|
1580 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
|
1581 */
|
|
|
1582 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1583 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
|
1584 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1585 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1586 {
|
|
|
1587 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
|
1588 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1589 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
474
|
1590 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
|
7
|
1591 else
|
|
|
1592 #endif
|
|
|
1593 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1594 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
|
1595 }
|
|
|
1596 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
|
1597
|
|
|
1598 /*
|
|
|
1599 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
|
1600 * the right screen column.
|
|
|
1601 */
|
|
|
1602 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1603 {
|
|
|
1604 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1605 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
|
1606 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
|
1607 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
1608 {
|
|
|
1609 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
|
1610 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
1611 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
|
1612 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
1613 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
|
1614 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
1615 }
|
|
|
1616 }
|
|
|
1617
|
|
|
1618 /*
|
|
|
1619 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
|
1620 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1621 */
|
|
|
1622 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1623 }
|
|
|
1624
|
|
|
1625 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
|
1626
|
|
|
1627 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
|
1628 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1629 else
|
|
|
1630 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1631 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
1632 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
1633
|
|
|
1634 /*
|
|
|
1635 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
|
1636 */
|
|
|
1637 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
1638 {
|
|
|
1639 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
|
1640 {
|
|
|
1641 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1642 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
1643 else
|
|
|
1644 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1645 }
|
|
|
1646 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1647 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
1648 else
|
|
|
1649 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1650 }
|
|
|
1651
|
|
|
1652 /*
|
|
|
1653 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
|
1654 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
|
1655 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
|
1656 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
|
1657 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
|
1658 */
|
|
|
1659 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1660 {
|
|
|
1661 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
1662 {
|
|
|
1663 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1664 --start_col;
|
|
|
1665 }
|
|
|
1666 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
|
1667 {
|
|
|
1668 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1669 if (replaced)
|
|
|
1670 {
|
|
|
1671 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
|
1672 replaced = NUL;
|
|
|
1673 }
|
|
|
1674 ++start_col;
|
|
|
1675 }
|
|
|
1676 }
|
|
|
1677
|
|
|
1678 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1679 /*
|
|
|
1680 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
|
1681 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
|
1682 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
|
1683 */
|
|
|
1684 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1685 {
|
|
|
1686 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
|
1687 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
|
1688 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1689 return;
|
|
|
1690
|
|
|
1691 /* Save new line */
|
|
|
1692 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1693 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1694 return;
|
|
|
1695
|
|
|
1696 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
|
1697 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1698
|
|
|
1699 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1700 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1701 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
1702
|
|
|
1703 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
|
1704 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
|
1705
|
|
|
1706 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1707 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
|
1708
|
|
|
1709 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
|
1710 }
|
|
|
1711 #endif
|
|
|
1712 }
|
|
|
1713
|
|
|
1714 /*
|
|
|
1715 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
|
1716 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1717 * modes.
|
|
|
1718 */
|
|
|
1719 void
|
|
|
1720 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
|
1721 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1722 {
|
|
|
1723 int i;
|
|
|
1724
|
|
|
1725 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
|
1726 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
|
1727 {
|
|
|
1728 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1729 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1730 }
|
|
|
1731 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1732 }
|
|
|
1733
|
|
|
1734 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1735 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1736 /*
|
|
|
1737 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1738 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
|
1739 */
|
|
|
1740 void
|
|
|
1741 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
|
1742 int col;
|
|
|
1743 {
|
|
|
1744 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
|
1745 {
|
|
|
1746 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
1747 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1748 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
1749 else
|
|
|
1750 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
1751 }
|
|
|
1752 }
|
|
|
1753 #endif
|
|
|
1754
|
|
|
1755 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1756 /*
|
|
449
|
1757 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1758 */
|
|
|
1759 static void
|
|
|
1760 ins_ctrl_x()
|
|
|
1761 {
|
|
|
1762 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
|
1763 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
|
1764 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
1765 {
|
|
|
1766 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
|
1767 * compl_cont_status */
|
|
|
1768 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
|
1769 compl_cont_status = (compl_cont_status | CONT_INTRPT);
|
|
|
1770 else
|
|
|
1771 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
1772 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
|
1773 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
1774 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
1775 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
1776 showmode();
|
|
|
1777 }
|
|
|
1778 }
|
|
|
1779
|
|
|
1780 /*
|
|
|
1781 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
|
|
|
1782 */
|
|
|
1783 static int
|
|
|
1784 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
|
|
|
1785 int dict_opt;
|
|
|
1786 {
|
|
|
1787 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL)
|
|
|
1788 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
|
|
|
1789 {
|
|
|
1790 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1791 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
1792 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
|
|
|
1793 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
|
1794 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
1795 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
1796 {
|
|
|
1797 vim_beep();
|
|
|
1798 setcursor();
|
|
|
1799 out_flush();
|
|
|
1800 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1801 }
|
|
|
1802 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1803 }
|
|
|
1804 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1805 }
|
|
|
1806
|
|
|
1807 /*
|
|
7
|
1808 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
|
1809 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
|
1810 */
|
|
|
1811 int
|
|
|
1812 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
|
1813 int c;
|
|
|
1814 {
|
|
|
1815 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
|
1816 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
1817 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1818
|
|
|
1819 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
1820 {
|
|
|
1821 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1822 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1823 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
|
449
|
1824 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
|
7
|
1825 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
|
1826 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
|
1827 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
|
477
|
1828 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
|
|
|
1829 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
|
|
7
|
1830 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
|
1831 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
|
1832 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
1833 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1834 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
1835 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1836 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
1837 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1838 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
1839 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1840 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
1841 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1842 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
1843 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
1844 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1845 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
1846 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1847 #endif
|
|
|
1848 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
1849 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
|
1850 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
12
|
1851 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1852 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
449
|
1853 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
523
|
1854 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
449
|
1855 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
502
|
1856 #endif
|
|
477
|
1857 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
1858 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
7
|
1859 }
|
|
|
1860 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
|
1861 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1862 }
|
|
|
1863
|
|
|
1864 /*
|
|
|
1865 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if ic and inf are set, then the
|
|
|
1866 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
|
1867 * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
|
1868 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
|
449
|
1869 * TODO: make this work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
7
|
1870 */
|
|
|
1871 int
|
|
464
|
1872 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, fname, dir, flags)
|
|
7
|
1873 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1874 int len;
|
|
|
1875 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1876 int dir;
|
|
464
|
1877 int flags;
|
|
7
|
1878 {
|
|
|
1879 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
|
1880 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
|
1881 int idx;
|
|
|
1882
|
|
|
1883 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
|
|
|
1884 {
|
|
|
1885 /* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
|
|
|
1886 /* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
|
|
419
|
1887 vim_strncpy(IObuff, str, len);
|
|
7
|
1888
|
|
|
1889 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
|
449
|
1890 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
1891 {
|
|
|
1892 if (islower(compl_orig_text[idx]))
|
|
7
|
1893 {
|
|
|
1894 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
|
1895 if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1896 {
|
|
|
1897 /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
1898 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1899 IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1900 break;
|
|
|
1901 }
|
|
|
1902 }
|
|
|
1903 }
|
|
|
1904
|
|
|
1905 /*
|
|
|
1906 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
|
1907 * upper case.
|
|
|
1908 */
|
|
|
1909 if (!has_lower)
|
|
|
1910 {
|
|
449
|
1911 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1912 {
|
|
449
|
1913 if (was_letter && isupper(compl_orig_text[idx])
|
|
7
|
1914 && islower(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1915 {
|
|
|
1916 /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
1917 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1918 IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1919 break;
|
|
|
1920 }
|
|
449
|
1921 was_letter = isalpha(compl_orig_text[idx]);
|
|
7
|
1922 }
|
|
|
1923 }
|
|
|
1924
|
|
|
1925 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
|
|
449
|
1926 STRNCPY(IObuff, compl_orig_text, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
1927
|
|
464
|
1928 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, fname, dir, flags);
|
|
|
1929 }
|
|
|
1930 return ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, flags);
|
|
7
|
1931 }
|
|
|
1932
|
|
|
1933 /*
|
|
|
1934 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
|
1935 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
1936 * FAIL, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
464
|
1937 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then RET_ERROR is returned -- webb.
|
|
|
1938 *
|
|
|
1939 * New:
|
|
|
1940 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
1941 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
|
1942 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned -- webb.
|
|
7
|
1943 */
|
|
464
|
1944 int
|
|
|
1945 ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, flags)
|
|
7
|
1946 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1947 int len;
|
|
|
1948 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1949 int dir;
|
|
464
|
1950 int flags;
|
|
7
|
1951 {
|
|
464
|
1952 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
1953
|
|
|
1954 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
1955 if (got_int)
|
|
464
|
1956 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
1957 if (len < 0)
|
|
|
1958 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
1959
|
|
|
1960 /*
|
|
|
1961 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
|
1962 */
|
|
449
|
1963 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
1964 {
|
|
|
1965 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
1966 do
|
|
|
1967 {
|
|
464
|
1968 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
1969 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0
|
|
|
1970 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
|
|
|
1971 return NOTDONE;
|
|
|
1972 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
449
|
1973 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
1974 }
|
|
|
1975
|
|
540
|
1976 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
|
|
|
1977 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
1978
|
|
7
|
1979 /*
|
|
|
1980 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
|
1981 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
|
1982 */
|
|
464
|
1983 match = (compl_T *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
|
|
7
|
1984 if (match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
1985 return FAIL;
|
|
|
1986 match->cp_number = -1;
|
|
|
1987 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
1988 {
|
|
|
1989 match->cp_number = 0;
|
|
|
1990 match->cp_str = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
1991 }
|
|
|
1992 else if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
|
7
|
1993 {
|
|
|
1994 vim_free(match);
|
|
464
|
1995 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
1996 }
|
|
|
1997 /* match-fname is:
|
|
464
|
1998 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
|
7
|
1999 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
|
2000 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
|
464
|
2001 if (fname && compl_curr_match && compl_curr_match->cp_fname
|
|
|
2002 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
|
|
|
2003 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
|
|
|
2004 else if (fname && (match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname)) != NULL)
|
|
|
2005 flags |= FREE_FNAME;
|
|
7
|
2006 else
|
|
464
|
2007 match->cp_fname = NULL;
|
|
|
2008 match->cp_flags = flags;
|
|
7
|
2009
|
|
|
2010 /*
|
|
|
2011 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
|
2012 */
|
|
449
|
2013 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2014 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2015 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
2016 {
|
|
464
|
2017 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2018 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
|
|
7
|
2019 }
|
|
|
2020 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
2021 {
|
|
464
|
2022 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
2023 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
2024 }
|
|
|
2025 if (match->cp_next)
|
|
|
2026 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
|
|
|
2027 if (match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
2028 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
|
|
7
|
2029 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
|
449
|
2030 compl_first_match = match;
|
|
|
2031 compl_curr_match = match;
|
|
7
|
2032
|
|
|
2033 return OK;
|
|
|
2034 }
|
|
|
2035
|
|
|
2036 /*
|
|
|
2037 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2038 * Frees matches[].
|
|
|
2039 */
|
|
|
2040 static void
|
|
|
2041 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir)
|
|
|
2042 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2043 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2044 int dir;
|
|
|
2045 {
|
|
|
2046 int i;
|
|
|
2047 int add_r = OK;
|
|
|
2048 int ldir = dir;
|
|
|
2049
|
|
464
|
2050 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
|
|
7
|
2051 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, NULL, ldir, 0)) == OK)
|
|
|
2052 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2053 ldir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
2054 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2055 }
|
|
|
2056
|
|
|
2057 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
|
2058 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
|
2059 */
|
|
|
2060 static int
|
|
|
2061 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
|
2062 {
|
|
464
|
2063 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2064 int count = 0;
|
|
|
2065
|
|
449
|
2066 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2067 {
|
|
|
2068 /*
|
|
|
2069 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
|
2070 */
|
|
449
|
2071 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2072 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
|
|
464
|
2073 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
2074 {
|
|
|
2075 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
7
|
2076 ++count;
|
|
|
2077 }
|
|
464
|
2078 match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2079 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
|
|
7
|
2080 }
|
|
|
2081 return count;
|
|
|
2082 }
|
|
|
2083
|
|
574
|
2084 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
|
|
|
2085 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
|
|
540
|
2086 static char_u **compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
|
2087 static int compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2088
|
|
|
2089 /*
|
|
|
2090 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
|
|
|
2091 */
|
|
|
2092 static void
|
|
|
2093 ins_compl_upd_pum()
|
|
|
2094 {
|
|
|
2095 int h;
|
|
|
2096
|
|
|
2097 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2098 {
|
|
|
2099 h = curwin->w_cline_height;
|
|
|
2100 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2101 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
|
|
|
2102 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2103 }
|
|
|
2104 }
|
|
|
2105
|
|
|
2106 /*
|
|
|
2107 * Remove any popup menu.
|
|
|
2108 */
|
|
|
2109 static void
|
|
|
2110 ins_compl_del_pum()
|
|
|
2111 {
|
|
|
2112 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2113 {
|
|
|
2114 pum_undisplay();
|
|
|
2115 vim_free(compl_match_array);
|
|
|
2116 compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
|
2117 }
|
|
|
2118 }
|
|
|
2119
|
|
|
2120 /*
|
|
|
2121 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed.
|
|
|
2122 */
|
|
|
2123 static int
|
|
|
2124 pum_wanted()
|
|
|
2125 {
|
|
|
2126 compl_T *compl;
|
|
|
2127 int i;
|
|
|
2128
|
|
|
2129 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" */
|
|
|
2130 if (*p_cot == NUL)
|
|
|
2131 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2132
|
|
|
2133 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */
|
|
|
2134 if (t_colors < 8
|
|
|
2135 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2136 && !gui.in_use
|
|
|
2137 #endif
|
|
|
2138 )
|
|
|
2139 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2140
|
|
|
2141 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
|
|
|
2142 * one (ignoring the original text). */
|
|
|
2143 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2144 i = 0;
|
|
|
2145 do
|
|
|
2146 {
|
|
|
2147 if (compl == NULL
|
|
|
2148 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2))
|
|
|
2149 break;
|
|
|
2150 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2151 } while (compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2152
|
|
|
2153 return (i >= 2);
|
|
|
2154 }
|
|
|
2155
|
|
|
2156 /*
|
|
|
2157 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
|
|
|
2158 */
|
|
|
2159 static void
|
|
|
2160 ins_compl_show_pum()
|
|
|
2161 {
|
|
|
2162 compl_T *compl;
|
|
|
2163 int i;
|
|
|
2164 int cur = -1;
|
|
|
2165 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2166
|
|
|
2167 if (!pum_wanted())
|
|
|
2168 return;
|
|
|
2169
|
|
|
2170 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
|
|
|
2171 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2172
|
|
|
2173 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
|
|
|
2174 {
|
|
|
2175 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */
|
|
|
2176 compl_match_arraysize = 0;
|
|
|
2177 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2178 do
|
|
|
2179 {
|
|
|
2180 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
2181 ++compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2182 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2183 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2184 compl_match_array = (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(char_u **)
|
|
|
2185 * compl_match_arraysize));
|
|
|
2186 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2187 {
|
|
|
2188 i = 0;
|
|
|
2189 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2190 do
|
|
|
2191 {
|
|
|
2192 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
2193 {
|
|
|
2194 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
|
|
|
2195 cur = i;
|
|
|
2196 compl_match_array[i++] = compl->cp_str;
|
|
|
2197 }
|
|
|
2198 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2199 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2200 }
|
|
|
2201 }
|
|
|
2202 else
|
|
|
2203 {
|
|
|
2204 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
|
|
|
2205 i = 0;
|
|
|
2206 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2207 do
|
|
|
2208 {
|
|
|
2209 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
2210 {
|
|
|
2211 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
|
|
|
2212 {
|
|
|
2213 cur = i;
|
|
|
2214 break;
|
|
|
2215 }
|
|
|
2216 ++i;
|
|
|
2217 }
|
|
|
2218 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2219 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2220 }
|
|
|
2221
|
|
|
2222 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2223 {
|
|
|
2224 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
|
|
|
2225 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */
|
|
|
2226 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2227 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
2228 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
2229 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur,
|
|
|
2230 curwin->w_cline_row + W_WINROW(curwin),
|
|
|
2231 curwin->w_cline_height,
|
|
|
2232 curwin->w_wcol + W_WINCOL(curwin));
|
|
|
2233 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
2234 }
|
|
|
2235 }
|
|
|
2236
|
|
7
|
2237 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
|
2238 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
|
2239 /*
|
|
|
2240 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern to the list of
|
|
|
2241 * completions.
|
|
|
2242 */
|
|
|
2243 static void
|
|
|
2244 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict, pat, dir, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
|
2245 char_u *dict;
|
|
|
2246 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
2247 int dir;
|
|
|
2248 int flags;
|
|
|
2249 int thesaurus;
|
|
|
2250 {
|
|
|
2251 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2252 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2253 FILE *fp;
|
|
|
2254 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2255 int add_r;
|
|
|
2256 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2257 int count;
|
|
|
2258 int i;
|
|
|
2259 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2260
|
|
|
2261 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
|
2262 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
|
2263 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2264 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2265 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
|
2266 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
|
2267 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
|
2268 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
|
2269 while (buf != NULL && regmatch.regprog != NULL && *dict != NUL
|
|
449
|
2270 && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
|
|
7
|
2271 {
|
|
|
2272 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
|
2273 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2274 {
|
|
|
2275 count = 1;
|
|
|
2276 files = &dict;
|
|
|
2277 }
|
|
|
2278 else
|
|
|
2279 {
|
|
|
2280 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
|
2281 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
|
2282 * a modeline). */
|
|
|
2283 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2284 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
|
2285 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
|
2286 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
|
2287 count = 0;
|
|
|
2288 }
|
|
|
2289
|
|
449
|
2290 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
|
|
7
|
2291 {
|
|
|
2292 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
|
2293 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2294 {
|
|
274
|
2295 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
|
|
|
2296 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
|
|
7
|
2297 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2298 }
|
|
|
2299
|
|
|
2300 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
|
2301 {
|
|
|
2302 /*
|
|
|
2303 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
|
2304 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
|
2305 */
|
|
449
|
2306 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
|
|
|
2307 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
|
7
|
2308 {
|
|
|
2309 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
2310 while (vim_regexec(®match, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
|
2311 {
|
|
|
2312 ptr = regmatch.startp[0];
|
|
|
2313 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2314 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch.startp[0],
|
|
|
2315 (int)(ptr - regmatch.startp[0]),
|
|
|
2316 files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2317 if (thesaurus)
|
|
|
2318 {
|
|
|
2319 char_u *wstart;
|
|
|
2320
|
|
|
2321 /*
|
|
|
2322 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
|
2323 */
|
|
|
2324 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
2325 {
|
|
|
2326 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
|
2327 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
|
2328 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
|
2329 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
|
2330 break;
|
|
|
2331 wstart = ptr;
|
|
|
2332
|
|
|
2333 /* Find end of the word and add it. */
|
|
|
2334 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2335 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2336 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
|
2337 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
|
2338 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
|
2339 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2340 {
|
|
474
|
2341 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2342
|
|
|
2343 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2344 break;
|
|
|
2345 ptr += l;
|
|
|
2346 }
|
|
|
2347 else
|
|
|
2348 #endif
|
|
|
2349 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2350 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
|
2351 (int)(ptr - wstart), files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2352 }
|
|
|
2353 }
|
|
|
2354 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
|
2355 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2356 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
464
|
2357 else if (add_r == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
2358 break;
|
|
|
2359 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
|
2360 * of line */
|
|
|
2361 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
|
2362 break;
|
|
|
2363 }
|
|
|
2364 line_breakcheck();
|
|
464
|
2365 ins_compl_check_keys(50);
|
|
7
|
2366 }
|
|
|
2367 fclose(fp);
|
|
|
2368 }
|
|
|
2369 }
|
|
|
2370 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2371 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
|
2372 if (flags)
|
|
|
2373 break;
|
|
|
2374 }
|
|
|
2375 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2376 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
2377 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
2378 }
|
|
|
2379
|
|
|
2380 /*
|
|
|
2381 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
|
2382 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
|
2383 */
|
|
|
2384 char_u *
|
|
|
2385 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
|
2386 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2387 {
|
|
|
2388 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2389 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2390 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
|
474
|
2391 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2392 else
|
|
|
2393 #endif
|
|
|
2394 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2395 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2396 return ptr;
|
|
|
2397 }
|
|
|
2398
|
|
|
2399 /*
|
|
|
2400 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
|
2401 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
|
2402 */
|
|
|
2403 char_u *
|
|
|
2404 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
|
2405 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2406 {
|
|
|
2407 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2408 int start_class;
|
|
|
2409
|
|
|
2410 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2411 {
|
|
|
2412 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
|
2413 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
|
2414 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2415 {
|
|
474
|
2416 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2417 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
|
2418 break;
|
|
|
2419 }
|
|
|
2420 }
|
|
|
2421 else
|
|
|
2422 #endif
|
|
|
2423 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2424 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2425 return ptr;
|
|
|
2426 }
|
|
|
2427
|
|
|
2428 /*
|
|
|
2429 * Free the list of completions
|
|
|
2430 */
|
|
|
2431 static void
|
|
|
2432 ins_compl_free()
|
|
|
2433 {
|
|
464
|
2434 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2435
|
|
449
|
2436 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2437 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
2438
|
|
|
2439 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2440 return;
|
|
540
|
2441
|
|
|
2442 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2443 pum_clear();
|
|
|
2444
|
|
449
|
2445 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2446 do
|
|
|
2447 {
|
|
449
|
2448 match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
464
|
2449 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2450 vim_free(match->cp_str);
|
|
7
|
2451 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
|
464
|
2452 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
|
2453 vim_free(match->cp_fname);
|
|
7
|
2454 vim_free(match);
|
|
449
|
2455 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2456 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2457 }
|
|
|
2458
|
|
|
2459 static void
|
|
|
2460 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
|
2461 {
|
|
449
|
2462 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2463 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2464 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2465 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2466 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2467 save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
2468 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2469 }
|
|
|
2470
|
|
|
2471 /*
|
|
|
2472 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
|
464
|
2473 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
|
|
540
|
2474 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted;
|
|
7
|
2475 */
|
|
540
|
2476 static int
|
|
7
|
2477 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
|
2478 int c;
|
|
|
2479 {
|
|
|
2480 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2481 int temp;
|
|
|
2482 int want_cindent;
|
|
540
|
2483 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
2484
|
|
|
2485 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
|
2486 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
|
2487 */
|
|
|
2488 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2489 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2490
|
|
|
2491 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
|
|
|
2492 if (c == K_SELECT)
|
|
540
|
2493 return retval;
|
|
7
|
2494
|
|
|
2495 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
|
2496 {
|
|
|
2497 /*
|
|
|
2498 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
|
2499 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
|
2500 */
|
|
|
2501 switch (c)
|
|
|
2502 {
|
|
|
2503 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
|
2504 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
|
2505 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
|
2506 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
2507 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2508 else
|
|
|
2509 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2510 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
2511 showmode();
|
|
|
2512 break;
|
|
|
2513 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
|
2514 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
2515 break;
|
|
|
2516 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
|
2517 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
|
2518 break;
|
|
|
2519 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
2520 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2521 break;
|
|
|
2522 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
2523 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
|
2524 break;
|
|
|
2525 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
2526 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2527 break;
|
|
12
|
2528 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2529 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
|
2530 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
|
2531 break;
|
|
449
|
2532 case Ctrl_O:
|
|
523
|
2533 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
|
|
449
|
2534 break;
|
|
502
|
2535 #endif
|
|
477
|
2536 case 's':
|
|
|
2537 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
2538 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
|
|
484
|
2539 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
2540 spell_back_to_badword();
|
|
|
2541 #endif
|
|
477
|
2542 break;
|
|
7
|
2543 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
|
2544 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2545 break;
|
|
|
2546 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2547 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
|
2548 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
2549 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2550 break;
|
|
|
2551 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
2552 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2553 break;
|
|
|
2554 #endif
|
|
|
2555 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
|
2556 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
|
2557 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
|
2558 break;
|
|
|
2559 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
2560 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
2561 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
|
2562 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
|
2563 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2564 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
|
2565 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2566 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
|
2567 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
2568 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
|
2569 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
2570 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2571 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
2572 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
2573 default:
|
|
449
|
2574 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
|
2575 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
|
|
|
2576 * mode).
|
|
|
2577 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
|
|
|
2578 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
|
|
|
2579 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
|
|
|
2580 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
|
|
|
2581 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
|
|
|
2582 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
|
|
|
2583 * mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
7
|
2584 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
|
2585 {
|
|
449
|
2586 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2587 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
2588 else
|
|
449
|
2589 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
7
|
2590 }
|
|
|
2591 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2592 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2593 showmode();
|
|
|
2594 break;
|
|
|
2595 }
|
|
|
2596 }
|
|
|
2597 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2598 {
|
|
|
2599 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
|
2600 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2601 {
|
|
|
2602 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
2603 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2604 else
|
|
|
2605 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
|
2606 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2607 }
|
|
|
2608 showmode();
|
|
|
2609 }
|
|
|
2610
|
|
449
|
2611 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
7
|
2612 {
|
|
|
2613 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
|
2614 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
|
449
|
2615 * showing what mode we are in. */
|
|
7
|
2616 showmode();
|
|
|
2617 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
2618 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
2619 {
|
|
|
2620 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
|
2621 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
|
449
|
2622 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
|
|
|
2623 if (compl_curr_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2624 {
|
|
449
|
2625 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2626
|
|
7
|
2627 /*
|
|
|
2628 * If any of the original typed text has been changed,
|
|
|
2629 * eg when ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to
|
|
|
2630 * the redo buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete
|
|
|
2631 * just the part of the original text that has changed.
|
|
|
2632 */
|
|
464
|
2633 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
|
|
449
|
2634 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2635 while (*p && *p == *ptr)
|
|
7
|
2636 {
|
|
449
|
2637 ++p;
|
|
7
|
2638 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2639 }
|
|
449
|
2640 for (temp = 0; p[temp]; ++temp)
|
|
7
|
2641 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
|
2642 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr);
|
|
|
2643 }
|
|
|
2644
|
|
|
2645 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2646 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
|
2647 #endif
|
|
|
2648 /*
|
|
|
2649 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
|
2650 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
|
2651 */
|
|
449
|
2652 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
7
|
2653 {
|
|
|
2654 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2655 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
2656 if (want_cindent)
|
|
|
2657 {
|
|
|
2658 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2659 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
|
2660 }
|
|
|
2661 #endif
|
|
|
2662 }
|
|
|
2663 else
|
|
|
2664 {
|
|
|
2665 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
|
2666 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
2667 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
2668 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
|
2669 curwin->w_cursor.col++;
|
|
|
2670 }
|
|
|
2671
|
|
|
2672 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
2673
|
|
540
|
2674 /* if the popup menu is displayed hitting Enter means accepting
|
|
|
2675 * the selection without inserting anything. */
|
|
|
2676 if ((c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) && pum_visible())
|
|
|
2677 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
2678
|
|
7
|
2679 ins_compl_free();
|
|
449
|
2680 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2681 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
7
|
2682 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
2683 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
449
|
2684 if (save_sm >= 0)
|
|
|
2685 p_sm = save_sm;
|
|
7
|
2686 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
|
2687 {
|
|
|
2688 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2689 showmode();
|
|
|
2690 }
|
|
|
2691
|
|
|
2692 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2693 /*
|
|
|
2694 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
2695 */
|
|
|
2696 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
|
2697 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2698 #endif
|
|
|
2699 }
|
|
|
2700 }
|
|
|
2701
|
|
|
2702 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
|
2703 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
|
2704 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2705 {
|
|
449
|
2706 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2707 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
7
|
2708 }
|
|
540
|
2709
|
|
|
2710 return retval;
|
|
7
|
2711 }
|
|
|
2712
|
|
|
2713 /*
|
|
|
2714 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
|
2715 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
|
2716 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
|
2717 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
|
2718 *
|
|
|
2719 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
|
2720 */
|
|
|
2721 static buf_T *
|
|
|
2722 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
|
2723 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2724 int flag;
|
|
|
2725 {
|
|
|
2726 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2727 static win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2728 #endif
|
|
|
2729
|
|
|
2730 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
|
2731 {
|
|
|
2732 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2733 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
|
2734 wp = curwin;
|
|
383
|
2735 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
|
|
7
|
2736 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2737 ;
|
|
|
2738 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
2739 #else
|
|
|
2740 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2741 #endif
|
|
|
2742 }
|
|
|
2743 else
|
|
|
2744 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
|
2745 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
|
2746 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
|
383
|
2747 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
|
|
7
|
2748 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
|
2749 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2750 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2751 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
|
2752 || buf->b_scanned
|
|
|
2753 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL
|
|
|
2754 && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)))
|
|
|
2755 ;
|
|
|
2756 return buf;
|
|
|
2757 }
|
|
|
2758
|
|
12
|
2759 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
502
|
2760 static int expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base, char_u ***matches));
|
|
12
|
2761
|
|
|
2762 /*
|
|
523
|
2763 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
|
|
502
|
2764 * get matches in "matches".
|
|
452
|
2765 * Return value is number of matches.
|
|
12
|
2766 */
|
|
|
2767 static int
|
|
502
|
2768 expand_by_function(type, base, matches)
|
|
523
|
2769 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
|
|
12
|
2770 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2771 char_u ***matches;
|
|
|
2772 {
|
|
452
|
2773 list_T *matchlist;
|
|
502
|
2774 char_u *args[2];
|
|
452
|
2775 listitem_T *li;
|
|
|
2776 garray_T ga;
|
|
|
2777 char_u *p;
|
|
502
|
2778 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
2779 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
2780
|
|
|
2781 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
2782 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
452
|
2783 return 0;
|
|
|
2784
|
|
|
2785 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
|
|
|
2786 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
|
|
502
|
2787 args[1] = base;
|
|
|
2788
|
|
|
2789 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
2790 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
2791 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
452
|
2792 if (matchlist == NULL)
|
|
|
2793 return 0;
|
|
|
2794
|
|
|
2795 /* Go through the List with matches and put them in an array. */
|
|
|
2796 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 8);
|
|
|
2797 for (li = matchlist->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
|
|
|
2798 {
|
|
|
2799 p = get_tv_string_chk(&li->li_tv);
|
|
|
2800 if (p != NULL && *p != NUL)
|
|
|
2801 {
|
|
|
2802 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2803 break;
|
|
|
2804 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = vim_strsave(p);
|
|
|
2805 ++ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
2806 }
|
|
|
2807 }
|
|
|
2808
|
|
|
2809 list_unref(matchlist);
|
|
|
2810 *matches = (char_u **)ga.ga_data;
|
|
|
2811 return ga.ga_len;
|
|
12
|
2812 }
|
|
|
2813 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
|
2814
|
|
449
|
2815 /*
|
|
|
2816 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
|
|
|
2817 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction dir.
|
|
|
2818 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise
|
|
|
2819 * continue where we stopped searching before.
|
|
|
2820 * This may return before finding all the matches.
|
|
|
2821 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
|
7
|
2822 */
|
|
|
2823 static int
|
|
|
2824 ins_compl_get_exp(ini, dir)
|
|
|
2825 pos_T *ini;
|
|
|
2826 int dir;
|
|
|
2827 {
|
|
|
2828 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2829 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
|
2830 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
|
449
|
2831 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
|
|
|
2832 certain type. */
|
|
|
2833 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
|
|
7
|
2834
|
|
464
|
2835 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2836 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2837 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2838 int save_p_ws;
|
|
|
2839 int save_p_ic;
|
|
|
2840 int i;
|
|
|
2841 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2842 int len;
|
|
|
2843 int found_new_match;
|
|
|
2844 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
2845 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2846 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
|
2847 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
|
2848 compl_T *old_match;
|
|
7
|
2849
|
|
449
|
2850 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
2851 {
|
|
|
2852 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
|
2853 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
|
2854 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
2855 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
449
|
2856 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
12
|
2857 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
|
7
|
2858 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
2859 }
|
|
|
2860
|
|
449
|
2861 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
|
7
|
2862 pos = (dir == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2863 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
|
2864 for (;;)
|
|
|
2865 {
|
|
|
2866 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
2867
|
|
449
|
2868 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
|
|
7
|
2869 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
|
2870 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
|
2871 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
2872 && (!compl_started || found_all))
|
|
7
|
2873 {
|
|
|
2874 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
2875 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
|
2876 e_cpt++;
|
|
|
2877 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2878 {
|
|
|
2879 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2880 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
2881 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
|
2882 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
|
2883 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
|
2884 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2885 type = 0;
|
|
|
2886 }
|
|
|
2887 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
|
2888 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
|
2889 {
|
|
|
2890 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
|
2891 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
|
2892 {
|
|
449
|
2893 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2894 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
2895 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
|
2896 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2897 type = 0;
|
|
|
2898 }
|
|
|
2899 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
|
2900 {
|
|
|
2901 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2902 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
2903 continue;
|
|
|
2904 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2905 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
|
2906 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
|
2907 }
|
|
274
|
2908 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
|
7
|
2909 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
2910 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
|
2911 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
2912 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
|
2913 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
|
2914 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2915 }
|
|
|
2916 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
|
2917 break;
|
|
|
2918 else
|
|
|
2919 {
|
|
|
2920 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2921 type = -1;
|
|
|
2922 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
|
2923 {
|
|
|
2924 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
|
2925 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2926 else
|
|
|
2927 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2928 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
|
2929 {
|
|
|
2930 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
|
2931 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
|
2932 }
|
|
|
2933 }
|
|
|
2934 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2935 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
|
2936 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2937 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
|
2938 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2939 #endif
|
|
|
2940 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
|
2941 {
|
|
|
2942 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2943 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
|
2944 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2945 }
|
|
|
2946 else
|
|
|
2947 type = -1;
|
|
|
2948
|
|
|
2949 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
|
2950 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2951
|
|
|
2952 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2953 if (type == -1)
|
|
|
2954 continue;
|
|
|
2955 }
|
|
|
2956 }
|
|
|
2957
|
|
|
2958 switch (type)
|
|
|
2959 {
|
|
|
2960 case -1:
|
|
|
2961 break;
|
|
|
2962 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2963 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
2964 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
449
|
2965 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, dir,
|
|
|
2966 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
7
|
2967 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
|
449
|
2968 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
2969 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
|
2970 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
|
2971 break;
|
|
|
2972 #endif
|
|
|
2973
|
|
|
2974 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
2975 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
2976 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
|
2977 dict ? dict
|
|
|
2978 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
|
2979 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
|
2980 ? p_tsr
|
|
|
2981 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
|
2982 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
2983 ? p_dict
|
|
|
2984 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
|
449
|
2985 compl_pattern, dir,
|
|
7
|
2986 dict ? dict_f : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
|
2987 dict = NULL;
|
|
|
2988 break;
|
|
|
2989
|
|
|
2990 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
2991 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
|
2992 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
|
449
|
2993 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
2994
|
|
|
2995 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
|
449
|
2996 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
|
|
|
2997 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
2998 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
2999 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
3000 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3001 {
|
|
|
3002 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
3003 }
|
|
|
3004 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
|
3005 break;
|
|
|
3006
|
|
|
3007 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
449
|
3008 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
3009 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
|
3010 {
|
|
|
3011
|
|
|
3012 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
|
449
|
3013 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
|
|
7
|
3014 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
3015 }
|
|
|
3016 break;
|
|
|
3017
|
|
|
3018 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
449
|
3019 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
3020 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
|
|
7
|
3021 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
|
3022 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
3023 break;
|
|
|
3024
|
|
12
|
3025 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3026 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
523
|
3027 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
548
|
3028 num_matches = expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
12
|
3029 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3030 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
3031 break;
|
|
|
3032 #endif
|
|
|
3033
|
|
477
|
3034 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
3035 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3036 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
|
3037 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
|
3038 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3039 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
3040 #endif
|
|
|
3041 break;
|
|
|
3042
|
|
7
|
3043 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
|
3044 /*
|
|
|
3045 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
|
3046 */
|
|
|
3047 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
3048 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
3049 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
3050
|
|
7
|
3051 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
|
3052 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
|
3053 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
|
3054 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
|
3055 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
|
3056 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
3057 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
|
3058 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
|
3059 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
|
3060 for (;;)
|
|
|
3061 {
|
|
464
|
3062 int flags = 0;
|
|
7
|
3063
|
|
540
|
3064 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that
|
|
|
3065 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
|
7
|
3066 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
449
|
3067 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
3068 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
|
449
|
3069 dir, compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
3070 else
|
|
|
3071 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, dir,
|
|
449
|
3072 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
|
7
|
3073 RE_LAST);
|
|
449
|
3074 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3075 {
|
|
449
|
3076 /* set compl_started even on fail */
|
|
|
3077 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3078 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
3079 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
3080 }
|
|
|
3081 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
|
3082 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
|
3083 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3084 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
|
3085 {
|
|
|
3086 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
|
3087 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3088 break;
|
|
|
3089 }
|
|
|
3090
|
|
|
3091 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
|
449
|
3092 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
|
7
|
3093 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
|
3094 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
|
3095 continue;
|
|
|
3096 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
|
3097 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3098 {
|
|
449
|
3099 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3100 {
|
|
|
3101 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3102 continue;
|
|
|
3103 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3104 if (!p_paste)
|
|
|
3105 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3106 }
|
|
|
3107 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
3108 }
|
|
|
3109 else
|
|
|
3110 {
|
|
449
|
3111 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
3112
|
|
|
3113 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3114 {
|
|
449
|
3115 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
|
|
7
|
3116 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
|
3117 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
3118 continue;
|
|
|
3119 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3120 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3121 }
|
|
|
3122 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
|
3123 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3124 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3125
|
|
449
|
3126 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3127 && len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
3128 {
|
|
|
3129 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3130 {
|
|
|
3131 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
|
3132 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
|
3133 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
|
449
|
3134 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
|
7
|
3135 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3136 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
|
3137 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3138 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3139 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3140 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3141 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
|
3142 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3143 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
|
3144 {
|
|
419
|
3145 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
|
|
7
|
3146 {
|
|
419
|
3147 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
|
|
7
|
3148 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3149 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
|
3150 if (p_js
|
|
419
|
3151 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
|
|
7
|
3152 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
|
3153 == NULL
|
|
419
|
3154 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
|
|
|
3155 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
|
|
7
|
3156 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3157 }
|
|
|
3158 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
|
3159 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
|
3160 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
|
3161 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3162 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
464
|
3163 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3164 }
|
|
|
3165 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
3166 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
|
3167 }
|
|
449
|
3168 if (len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
3169 continue;
|
|
|
3170 }
|
|
|
3171 }
|
|
|
3172 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len,
|
|
540
|
3173 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
|
464
|
3174 dir, flags) != NOTDONE)
|
|
7
|
3175 {
|
|
|
3176 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3177 break;
|
|
|
3178 }
|
|
|
3179 }
|
|
|
3180 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3181 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3182 }
|
|
540
|
3183
|
|
449
|
3184 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
|
|
|
3185 * expansion added somenthing) */
|
|
540
|
3186 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
|
|
7
|
3187 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3188
|
|
|
3189 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
|
3190 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
|
3191 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3192 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
|
540
|
3193 {
|
|
|
3194 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3195 break;
|
|
|
3196 if (pum_wanted() && type != -1)
|
|
|
3197 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
|
|
|
3198 ins_compl_check_keys(0);
|
|
|
3199 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3200 || compl_interrupted)
|
|
|
3201 break;
|
|
|
3202 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
|
3203 }
|
|
|
3204 else
|
|
|
3205 {
|
|
|
3206 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
|
3207 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
3208 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
|
3209
|
|
|
3210 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3211 }
|
|
449
|
3212 }
|
|
|
3213 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3214
|
|
|
3215 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3216 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
|
3217 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3218
|
|
|
3219 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
|
3220 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
|
3221 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
|
3222 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
3223
|
|
|
3224 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
|
449
|
3225 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
|
|
|
3226 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
|
464
|
3227 compl_curr_match = dir == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next : old_match->cp_prev;
|
|
449
|
3228 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
|
|
|
3229 compl_curr_match = old_match;
|
|
7
|
3230 return i;
|
|
|
3231 }
|
|
|
3232
|
|
|
3233 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
|
3234 static void
|
|
|
3235 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
|
3236 {
|
|
|
3237 int i;
|
|
|
3238
|
|
|
3239 /*
|
|
|
3240 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
|
3241 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
|
3242 */
|
|
449
|
3243 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
|
|
7
|
3244 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
3245 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
3246 }
|
|
|
3247
|
|
|
3248 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
|
3249 static void
|
|
|
3250 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
|
3251 {
|
|
464
|
3252 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
7
|
3253 }
|
|
|
3254
|
|
|
3255 /*
|
|
|
3256 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
|
464
|
3257 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
|
|
|
3258 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
|
|
|
3259 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
|
|
|
3260 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
|
|
|
3261 * through the ones found so far.
|
|
7
|
3262 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
|
3263 *
|
|
449
|
3264 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
|
3265 * compl_shown_match here.
|
|
7
|
3266 *
|
|
|
3267 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
|
464
|
3268 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
|
3269 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
|
|
7
|
3270 */
|
|
|
3271 static int
|
|
|
3272 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3273 int allow_get_expansion;
|
|
|
3274 {
|
|
|
3275 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
|
3276 int i;
|
|
|
3277
|
|
|
3278 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3279 {
|
|
|
3280 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
|
3281 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3282 }
|
|
449
|
3283 compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
464
|
3284 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
3285 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
3286 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
|
|
|
3287 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
7
|
3288 else
|
|
|
3289 {
|
|
449
|
3290 compl_pending = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3291 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3292 {
|
|
540
|
3293 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos, compl_direction);
|
|
449
|
3294 if (compl_pending)
|
|
7
|
3295 {
|
|
449
|
3296 if (compl_direction == compl_shows_dir)
|
|
|
3297 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
7
|
3298 }
|
|
|
3299 }
|
|
|
3300 else
|
|
|
3301 return -1;
|
|
|
3302 }
|
|
|
3303
|
|
|
3304 /* Insert the text of the new completion */
|
|
|
3305 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
3306
|
|
|
3307 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3308 {
|
|
540
|
3309 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */
|
|
|
3310 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
3311
|
|
7
|
3312 /* Display the current match. */
|
|
|
3313 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
3314
|
|
540
|
3315 /* display the updated popup menu */
|
|
|
3316 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
3317
|
|
7
|
3318 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
|
3319 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
|
3320 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3321 }
|
|
|
3322
|
|
|
3323 /*
|
|
|
3324 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
|
3325 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
|
3326 */
|
|
464
|
3327 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
|
|
7
|
3328 {
|
|
|
3329 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
|
464
|
3330 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
|
7
|
3331 if (i <= 0)
|
|
|
3332 i = 0;
|
|
|
3333 else
|
|
|
3334 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
|
464
|
3335 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
|
|
7
|
3336 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
3337 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
|
3338 }
|
|
|
3339
|
|
|
3340 return num_matches;
|
|
|
3341 }
|
|
|
3342
|
|
|
3343 /*
|
|
|
3344 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
|
3345 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
|
449
|
3346 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is TRUE, show a completion as soon as
|
|
7
|
3347 * possible. -- webb
|
|
464
|
3348 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
|
|
7
|
3349 */
|
|
|
3350 void
|
|
464
|
3351 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
|
|
|
3352 int frequency;
|
|
7
|
3353 {
|
|
|
3354 static int count = 0;
|
|
|
3355
|
|
|
3356 int c;
|
|
|
3357
|
|
|
3358 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
|
3359 * scripts */
|
|
|
3360 if (using_script())
|
|
|
3361 return;
|
|
|
3362
|
|
|
3363 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
|
464
|
3364 if (++count < frequency)
|
|
7
|
3365 return;
|
|
|
3366 count = 0;
|
|
|
3367
|
|
|
3368 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3369 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
|
3370 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3371 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
3372 {
|
|
|
3373 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
3374 {
|
|
|
3375 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
|
3376 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
449
|
3377 compl_shows_dir = BACKWARD;
|
|
7
|
3378 else
|
|
449
|
3379 compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
7
|
3380 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
|
|
|
3381 }
|
|
|
3382 else if (c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
449
|
3383 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
|
3384 }
|
|
|
3385 if (compl_pending && !got_int)
|
|
7
|
3386 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
|
|
|
3387 }
|
|
|
3388
|
|
|
3389 /*
|
|
|
3390 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
|
3391 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
|
3392 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
3393 */
|
|
|
3394 static int
|
|
|
3395 ins_complete(c)
|
|
449
|
3396 int c;
|
|
7
|
3397 {
|
|
449
|
3398 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3399 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
|
|
|
3400 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
|
|
|
3401 int n;
|
|
7
|
3402
|
|
|
3403 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
449
|
3404 compl_direction = BACKWARD;
|
|
7
|
3405 else
|
|
449
|
3406 compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
3407 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3408 {
|
|
|
3409 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
|
3410
|
|
|
3411 /* Turn off 'sm' so we don't show matches with ^X^L */
|
|
|
3412 save_sm = p_sm;
|
|
|
3413 p_sm = FALSE;
|
|
|
3414
|
|
|
3415 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
3416 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
3417 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3418 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3419 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
3420 #endif
|
|
|
3421 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
3422 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3423
|
|
|
3424 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
449
|
3425 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
3426
|
|
|
3427 /* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
|
449
|
3428 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
|
|
|
3429 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
|
|
|
3430 * "compl_startpos"
|
|
7
|
3431 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
|
|
|
3432 * been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL is set then
|
|
|
3433 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
|
|
|
3434 * been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
|
449
|
3435 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
7
|
3436 {
|
|
|
3437 /*
|
|
|
3438 * it is a continued search
|
|
|
3439 */
|
|
449
|
3440 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
|
7
|
3441 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3442 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3443 {
|
|
449
|
3444 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
7
|
3445 {
|
|
449
|
3446 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
|
|
|
3447 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
|
|
|
3448 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
|
|
|
3449 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
|
3450 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
|
3451 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
3452 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3453 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
|
7
|
3454 }
|
|
|
3455 else
|
|
|
3456 {
|
|
|
3457 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
|
3458 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
|
449
|
3459 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
|
|
|
3460 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
3461 {
|
|
449
|
3462 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3463 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
|
|
|
3464 line + compl_length
|
|
|
3465 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
|
|
7
|
3466 }
|
|
449
|
3467 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
|
|
7
|
3468 }
|
|
449
|
3469 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
502
|
3470 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
7
|
3471 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
|
3472 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
|
449
|
3473 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
|
7
|
3474 {
|
|
449
|
3475 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3476 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
|
3477 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
|
|
7
|
3478 }
|
|
449
|
3479 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3480 if (compl_length < 1)
|
|
|
3481 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
3482 }
|
|
|
3483 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3484 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
7
|
3485 else
|
|
449
|
3486 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
3487 }
|
|
|
3488 else
|
|
449
|
3489 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3490
|
|
|
3491 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
|
3492 {
|
|
|
3493 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
7
|
3494 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
|
449
|
3495 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3496 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3497 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3498 startcol = (int)curs_col;
|
|
|
3499 compl_col = 0;
|
|
7
|
3500 }
|
|
|
3501
|
|
|
3502 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
|
3503 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
|
3504 {
|
|
449
|
3505 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
|
|
7
|
3506 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3507 {
|
|
449
|
3508 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
|
7
|
3509 {
|
|
449
|
3510 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3511 ;
|
|
449
|
3512 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3513 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
3514 }
|
|
|
3515 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
3516 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3517 compl_length, NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3518 else
|
|
449
|
3519 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3520 compl_length);
|
|
|
3521 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3522 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3523 }
|
|
449
|
3524 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3525 {
|
|
|
3526 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
|
3527
|
|
|
3528 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
|
3529 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
3530 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3531 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
3532 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3533 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3534 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
|
|
|
3535 || (compl_col > 0
|
|
7
|
3536 && (
|
|
|
3537 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
3538 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
|
|
7
|
3539 #else
|
|
449
|
3540 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
|
|
7
|
3541 #endif
|
|
|
3542 )))
|
|
|
3543 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
|
449
|
3544 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
|
|
|
3545 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
|
|
|
3546 line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
3547 }
|
|
449
|
3548 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
|
|
7
|
3549 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
3550 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
|
|
7
|
3551 #else
|
|
449
|
3552 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
|
|
7
|
3553 #endif
|
|
|
3554 )
|
|
|
3555 {
|
|
|
3556 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
|
449
|
3557 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
|
3558 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3559 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3560 compl_col += curs_col;
|
|
|
3561 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
3562 }
|
|
|
3563 else
|
|
|
3564 {
|
|
|
3565 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3566 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
|
3567 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
|
3568 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3569 {
|
|
|
3570 int base_class;
|
|
|
3571 int head_off;
|
|
|
3572
|
|
449
|
3573 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
3574 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
|
|
|
3575 while (--startcol >= 0)
|
|
7
|
3576 {
|
|
449
|
3577 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
3578 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
|
|
|
3579 - head_off))
|
|
7
|
3580 break;
|
|
449
|
3581 startcol -= head_off;
|
|
7
|
3582 }
|
|
|
3583 }
|
|
|
3584 else
|
|
|
3585 #endif
|
|
449
|
3586 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3587 ;
|
|
449
|
3588 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3589 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
3590 if (compl_length == 1)
|
|
7
|
3591 {
|
|
|
3592 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
|
3593 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
|
3594 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
|
3595 */
|
|
449
|
3596 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
|
|
|
3597 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3598 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3599 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
3600 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
|
|
|
3601 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
|
|
7
|
3602 }
|
|
|
3603 else
|
|
|
3604 {
|
|
449
|
3605 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3606 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
3607 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3608 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3609 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
3610 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3611 compl_length);
|
|
7
|
3612 }
|
|
|
3613 }
|
|
|
3614 }
|
|
|
3615 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3616 {
|
|
449
|
3617 compl_col = skipwhite(line) - line;
|
|
|
3618 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
|
3619 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
|
3620 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
3621 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
3622 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
3623 NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3624 else
|
|
449
|
3625 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3626 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3627 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3628 }
|
|
|
3629 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
3630 {
|
|
449
|
3631 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3632 ;
|
|
449
|
3633 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3634 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
3635 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
3636 EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
|
3637 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3638 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3639 }
|
|
|
3640 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3641 {
|
|
449
|
3642 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
|
|
|
3643 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3644 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3645 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
3646 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
|
|
|
3647 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
|
3648 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
|
7
|
3649 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3650 startcol = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
|
|
|
3651 compl_col = startcol;
|
|
|
3652 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
3653 }
|
|
523
|
3654 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
502
|
3655 {
|
|
12
|
3656 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3657 /*
|
|
502
|
3658 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
|
|
|
3659 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
|
|
12
|
3660 */
|
|
502
|
3661 char_u *args[2];
|
|
452
|
3662 int col;
|
|
502
|
3663 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
3664 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
3665
|
|
523
|
3666 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
|
|
502
|
3667 * string */
|
|
|
3668 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
3669 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
3670 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
523
|
3671 {
|
|
|
3672 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
3673 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
|
|
12
|
3674 return FAIL;
|
|
523
|
3675 }
|
|
452
|
3676
|
|
|
3677 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
|
|
502
|
3678 args[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
3679 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3680 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
3681 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
|
3682
|
|
452
|
3683 if (col < 0)
|
|
523
|
3684 col = curs_col;
|
|
452
|
3685 compl_col = col;
|
|
|
3686 if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
|
|
|
3687 compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
449
|
3688
|
|
|
3689 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
|
|
|
3690 * it may have become invalid. */
|
|
|
3691 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
452
|
3692 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
449
|
3693 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3694 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
502
|
3695 #endif
|
|
449
|
3696 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3697 }
|
|
477
|
3698 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
3699 {
|
|
|
3700 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
497
|
3701 if (spell_bad_len > 0)
|
|
|
3702 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
|
|
|
3703 else
|
|
|
3704 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
|
|
|
3705 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
|
|
477
|
3706 return FAIL;
|
|
537
|
3707 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
|
|
477
|
3708 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
|
3709 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3710 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
|
3711 #endif
|
|
|
3712 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3713 }
|
|
449
|
3714 else
|
|
|
3715 {
|
|
|
3716 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
|
|
|
3717 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3718 }
|
|
|
3719
|
|
|
3720 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3721 {
|
|
|
3722 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
|
3723 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3724 {
|
|
|
3725 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
|
3726 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3727 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
3728
|
|
|
3729 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
3730 #endif
|
|
449
|
3731 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3732 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
7
|
3733 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
|
3734 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3735 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
|
3736 #endif
|
|
449
|
3737 compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
3738 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
3739 }
|
|
|
3740 }
|
|
|
3741 else
|
|
|
3742 {
|
|
|
3743 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
449
|
3744 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
3745 }
|
|
|
3746
|
|
|
3747 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
3748 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
|
|
7
|
3749 else
|
|
|
3750 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
3751
|
|
|
3752 /* Always add completion for the original text. Note that
|
|
449
|
3753 * "compl_orig_text" itself (not a copy) is added, it will be freed
|
|
|
3754 * when the list of matches is freed. */
|
|
|
3755 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3756 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
|
|
3757 -1, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
|
|
3758 {
|
|
|
3759 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
3760 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
3761 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
3762 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
7
|
3763 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3764 }
|
|
|
3765
|
|
|
3766 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
|
3767 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
|
3768 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
|
3769 */
|
|
|
3770 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
|
3771 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3772 showmode();
|
|
|
3773 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
3774 out_flush();
|
|
|
3775 }
|
|
|
3776
|
|
449
|
3777 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
3778 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
3779
|
|
|
3780 /*
|
|
|
3781 * Find next match.
|
|
|
3782 */
|
|
449
|
3783 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE);
|
|
|
3784
|
|
540
|
3785 /* may undisplay the popup menu */
|
|
|
3786 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
3787
|
|
449
|
3788 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
|
3789 compl_matches = n;
|
|
|
3790 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
3791 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
|
|
|
3792 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3793
|
|
|
3794 /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
|
|
|
3795 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
|
3796 {
|
|
|
3797 (void)vgetc();
|
|
|
3798 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
3799 }
|
|
|
3800
|
|
449
|
3801 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
|
|
464
|
3802 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
|
|
449
|
3803 {
|
|
|
3804 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3805 && compl_length > 1
|
|
7
|
3806 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
|
3807 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
|
3808 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
|
3809 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
|
3810 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
|
3811 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
3812 if ( compl_length > 1
|
|
|
3813 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3814 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
3815 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3816 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
|
449
|
3817 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3818 }
|
|
|
3819
|
|
464
|
3820 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
449
|
3821 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3822 else
|
|
449
|
3823 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3824
|
|
|
3825 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
3826 {
|
|
464
|
3827 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
7
|
3828 {
|
|
|
3829 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
|
3830 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
|
3831 }
|
|
449
|
3832 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
3833 {
|
|
|
3834 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
|
3835 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3836 }
|
|
464
|
3837 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
|
|
7
|
3838 {
|
|
|
3839 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
|
3840 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3841 }
|
|
|
3842 else
|
|
|
3843 {
|
|
|
3844 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
|
464
|
3845 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
|
|
7
|
3846 {
|
|
464
|
3847 int number = 0;
|
|
|
3848 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
3849
|
|
449
|
3850 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
|
|
7
|
3851 {
|
|
|
3852 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
|
3853 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
|
3854 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
3855 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
|
|
|
3856 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
3857 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
3858 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
3859 {
|
|
464
|
3860 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
3861 break;
|
|
|
3862 }
|
|
|
3863 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
3864 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
|
3865 * yet */
|
|
540
|
3866 for (match = match->cp_next;
|
|
|
3867 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
464
|
3868 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
3869 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
3870 }
|
|
|
3871 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
3872 {
|
|
|
3873 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
|
3874 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
|
3875 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
3876 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
|
|
|
3877 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
3878 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
3879 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
3880 {
|
|
464
|
3881 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
3882 break;
|
|
|
3883 }
|
|
|
3884 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
3885 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
|
3886 * assigned yet */
|
|
464
|
3887 for (match = match->cp_prev; match
|
|
|
3888 && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
|
3889 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
3890 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
3891 }
|
|
|
3892 }
|
|
|
3893
|
|
540
|
3894 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
|
|
|
3895 * just a safety check. */
|
|
464
|
3896 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
3897 {
|
|
|
3898 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
|
|
|
3899 static char_u match_ref[31];
|
|
|
3900
|
|
449
|
3901 if (compl_matches > 0)
|
|
7
|
3902 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
|
|
464
|
3903 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
|
|
7
|
3904 else
|
|
449
|
3905 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"),
|
|
464
|
3906 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
|
|
419
|
3907 vim_strncpy(match_ref, IObuff, 30);
|
|
7
|
3908 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
|
3909 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
|
3910 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
3911 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
|
3912 }
|
|
|
3913 }
|
|
|
3914 }
|
|
|
3915
|
|
|
3916 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
|
3917 showmode();
|
|
|
3918 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
3919 {
|
|
|
3920 if (!p_smd)
|
|
|
3921 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
|
3922 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
|
3923 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
|
3924 }
|
|
|
3925 else
|
|
|
3926 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
3927
|
|
540
|
3928 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
3929
|
|
7
|
3930 return OK;
|
|
|
3931 }
|
|
|
3932
|
|
|
3933 /*
|
|
|
3934 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
|
3935 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
|
3936 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
|
3937 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
|
3938 */
|
|
|
3939 static int
|
|
|
3940 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
|
3941 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
3942 char_u *src;
|
|
|
3943 int len;
|
|
|
3944 {
|
|
|
3945 int m;
|
|
|
3946
|
|
|
3947 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
|
3948 {
|
|
|
3949 switch (*src)
|
|
|
3950 {
|
|
|
3951 case '.':
|
|
|
3952 case '*':
|
|
|
3953 case '[':
|
|
|
3954 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
3955 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
3956 break;
|
|
|
3957 case '~':
|
|
|
3958 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
|
3959 break;
|
|
|
3960 case '\\':
|
|
|
3961 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
3962 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
3963 break;
|
|
|
3964 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
|
3965 case '$':
|
|
|
3966 m++;
|
|
|
3967 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3968 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
|
3969 break;
|
|
|
3970 }
|
|
|
3971 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3972 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
464
|
3973 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7
|
3974 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
|
3975 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3976 {
|
|
|
3977 int i, mb_len;
|
|
|
3978
|
|
474
|
3979 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
|
|
7
|
3980 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
|
3981 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
|
3982 {
|
|
|
3983 --len;
|
|
|
3984 ++src;
|
|
|
3985 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3986 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
3987 }
|
|
|
3988 }
|
|
464
|
3989 # endif
|
|
7
|
3990 }
|
|
|
3991 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3992 *dest = NUL;
|
|
|
3993
|
|
|
3994 return m;
|
|
|
3995 }
|
|
|
3996 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
3997
|
|
|
3998 /*
|
|
|
3999 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
|
4000 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
|
4001 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
|
4002 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
|
4003 */
|
|
|
4004 int
|
|
|
4005 get_literal()
|
|
|
4006 {
|
|
|
4007 int cc;
|
|
|
4008 int nc;
|
|
|
4009 int i;
|
|
|
4010 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
|
4011 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
|
4012 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4013 int unicode = 0;
|
|
|
4014 #endif
|
|
|
4015
|
|
|
4016 if (got_int)
|
|
|
4017 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
|
4018
|
|
|
4019 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4020 /*
|
|
|
4021 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
|
4022 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
|
4023 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
|
4024 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
|
4025 */
|
|
|
4026 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
4027 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
4028 #endif
|
|
|
4029 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4030 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4031 #endif
|
|
|
4032 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
4033 cc = 0;
|
|
|
4034 i = 0;
|
|
|
4035 for (;;)
|
|
|
4036 {
|
|
|
4037 do
|
|
|
4038 nc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
4039 while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
4040 || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
|
|
|
4041 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
4042 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
4043 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4044 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
|
4045 # endif
|
|
|
4046 )
|
|
|
4047 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
|
4048 #endif
|
|
|
4049 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
|
4050 hex = TRUE;
|
|
|
4051 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
|
4052 octal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4053 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4054 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
|
4055 unicode = nc;
|
|
|
4056 #endif
|
|
|
4057 else
|
|
|
4058 {
|
|
|
4059 if (hex
|
|
|
4060 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4061 || unicode != 0
|
|
|
4062 #endif
|
|
|
4063 )
|
|
|
4064 {
|
|
|
4065 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
|
4066 break;
|
|
|
4067 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
|
4068 }
|
|
|
4069 else if (octal)
|
|
|
4070 {
|
|
|
4071 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
|
4072 break;
|
|
|
4073 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
4074 }
|
|
|
4075 else
|
|
|
4076 {
|
|
|
4077 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
|
4078 break;
|
|
|
4079 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
4080 }
|
|
|
4081
|
|
|
4082 ++i;
|
|
|
4083 }
|
|
|
4084
|
|
|
4085 if (cc > 255
|
|
|
4086 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4087 && unicode == 0
|
|
|
4088 #endif
|
|
|
4089 )
|
|
|
4090 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
|
4091 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4092
|
|
|
4093 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
|
4094 {
|
|
|
4095 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
4096 break;
|
|
|
4097 }
|
|
|
4098 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4099 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
|
4100 {
|
|
|
4101 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
|
4102 break;
|
|
|
4103 }
|
|
|
4104 #endif
|
|
|
4105 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
|
4106 break;
|
|
|
4107 }
|
|
|
4108 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
|
4109 {
|
|
|
4110 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
4111 {
|
|
|
4112 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
4113 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4114 }
|
|
|
4115 else
|
|
|
4116 {
|
|
|
4117 cc = nc;
|
|
|
4118 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4119 }
|
|
|
4120 }
|
|
|
4121
|
|
|
4122 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
4123 cc = '\n';
|
|
221
|
4124 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4125 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
|
|
|
4126 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
|
|
|
4127 second byte will cause trouble! */
|
|
|
4128 #endif
|
|
7
|
4129
|
|
|
4130 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
4131 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4132 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
4133 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
4134 #endif
|
|
|
4135 if (nc)
|
|
|
4136 vungetc(nc);
|
|
|
4137 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
|
4138 return cc;
|
|
|
4139 }
|
|
|
4140
|
|
|
4141 /*
|
|
|
4142 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
|
4143 */
|
|
|
4144 static void
|
|
|
4145 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
|
4146 int c;
|
|
|
4147 int allow_modmask;
|
|
|
4148 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
|
4149 {
|
|
|
4150 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4151 int len;
|
|
|
4152
|
|
|
4153 /*
|
|
|
4154 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
|
4155 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
|
4156 * mode.
|
|
|
4157 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
|
4158 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
|
4159 */
|
|
|
4160 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
4161 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
|
4162 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
|
4163 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
|
4164 #endif
|
|
|
4165 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
|
4166 {
|
|
|
4167 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
|
4168 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
4169 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
|
4170 if (len > 2)
|
|
|
4171 {
|
|
|
4172 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4173 return;
|
|
|
4174 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4175 ins_str(p);
|
|
|
4176 AppendToRedobuffLit(p);
|
|
|
4177 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
|
4178 }
|
|
|
4179 }
|
|
|
4180 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
4181 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
|
4182 }
|
|
|
4183
|
|
|
4184 /*
|
|
|
4185 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
|
4186 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
|
4187 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
|
4188 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
|
4189 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
|
4190 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
|
4191 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
|
4192 */
|
|
|
4193 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
4194 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4195 #else
|
|
|
4196 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4197 #endif
|
|
|
4198
|
|
|
4199 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4200 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
|
4201 #else
|
|
|
4202 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
|
4203 #endif
|
|
|
4204
|
|
|
4205 void
|
|
|
4206 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
|
4207 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
|
4208 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
|
4209 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
|
4210 {
|
|
|
4211 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
4212 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4213 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4214 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
|
4215 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4216 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
|
4217 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
|
4218 #endif
|
|
|
4219 int fo_white_par;
|
|
|
4220 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
4221 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
|
4222 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4223 int fo_multibyte;
|
|
|
4224 #endif
|
|
|
4225 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
|
4226 int cc;
|
|
|
4227
|
|
|
4228 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
|
4229 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
4230 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4231 fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
|
4232 #endif
|
|
|
4233 fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
|
4234
|
|
|
4235 /*
|
|
|
4236 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
|
4237 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
|
4238 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
|
4239 * ends in white space.
|
|
|
4240 * - Otherwise:
|
|
|
4241 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
|
4242 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
|
4243 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
4244 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
|
4245 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
|
4246 * before the insert.
|
|
|
4247 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
|
4248 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
|
4249 */
|
|
|
4250 if (textwidth
|
|
|
4251 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4252 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
|
4253 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4254 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4255 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4256 #endif
|
|
|
4257 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4258 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4259 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
|
4260 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4261 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
|
4262 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
|
4263 ))))))
|
|
|
4264 {
|
|
|
4265 /*
|
|
|
4266 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
|
4267 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
|
4268 */
|
|
|
4269 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
4270 {
|
|
|
4271 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4272 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4273 {
|
|
|
4274 save_char = cc;
|
|
|
4275 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
|
4276 }
|
|
|
4277 }
|
|
|
4278
|
|
|
4279 /*
|
|
|
4280 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
|
4281 */
|
|
|
4282 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
4283 {
|
|
|
4284 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
|
4285 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
|
4286 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
|
4287 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
|
4288 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4289 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
|
4290 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4291 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
|
4292 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
|
4293 #endif
|
|
|
4294 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
4295
|
|
|
4296 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4297 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4298 break;
|
|
|
4299
|
|
|
4300 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4301 if (no_leader)
|
|
|
4302 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
|
4303 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4304 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
|
4305 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
|
4306
|
|
|
4307 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4308 if (do_comments)
|
|
|
4309 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4310 else
|
|
|
4311 leader_len = 0;
|
|
|
4312
|
|
|
4313 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
|
4314 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
|
4315 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
|
4316 * to start with %. */
|
|
|
4317 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
|
4318 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
|
4319 #endif
|
|
|
4320 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4321 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4322 && leader_len == 0
|
|
|
4323 #endif
|
|
|
4324 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
|
4325
|
|
|
4326 {
|
|
|
4327 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4328 break;
|
|
|
4329 }
|
|
|
4330 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
|
4331 break;
|
|
|
4332
|
|
|
4333 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
|
4334 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
|
4335 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4336
|
|
|
4337 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
|
4338 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4339 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4340 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4341 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
4342 #endif
|
|
|
4343 foundcol = 0;
|
|
|
4344
|
|
|
4345 /*
|
|
|
4346 * Find position to break at.
|
|
|
4347 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
|
4348 */
|
|
|
4349 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
|
4350 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4351 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
4352 {
|
|
|
4353 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4354 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4355 {
|
|
|
4356 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
|
4357 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4358
|
|
|
4359 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
|
4360 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4361 {
|
|
|
4362 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4363 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4364 }
|
|
|
4365 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4366 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
|
4367 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4368 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4369 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
4370 break;
|
|
|
4371 #endif
|
|
|
4372 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
4373 {
|
|
|
4374 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
|
4375 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4376 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
|
4377
|
|
|
4378 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4379 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4380 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4381
|
|
|
4382 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4383 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
|
4384 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
4385 }
|
|
|
4386 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4387 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4388 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
474
|
4389 + (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
4390 else
|
|
|
4391 #endif
|
|
|
4392 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
|
4393 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4394 break;
|
|
|
4395 }
|
|
|
4396 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4397 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
|
4398 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4399 {
|
|
|
4400 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4401 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4402 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4403 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
|
4404 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
|
4405 break;
|
|
|
4406 }
|
|
|
4407 #endif
|
|
|
4408 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4409 break;
|
|
|
4410 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4411 }
|
|
|
4412
|
|
|
4413 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
|
4414 {
|
|
|
4415 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
|
4416 break;
|
|
|
4417 }
|
|
|
4418
|
|
|
4419 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
|
4420 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
4421
|
|
|
4422 /*
|
|
|
4423 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
|
4424 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
|
4425 * over the text instead.
|
|
|
4426 */
|
|
|
4427 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4428 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4429 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
|
4430 else
|
|
|
4431 #endif
|
|
|
4432 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
|
4433
|
|
|
4434 /*
|
|
|
4435 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
|
4436 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
|
4437 */
|
|
|
4438 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4439 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4440 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4441 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4442 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
|
4443 startcol = 0;
|
|
|
4444
|
|
|
4445 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4446 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4447 {
|
|
|
4448 /*
|
|
|
4449 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
|
4450 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
|
4451 */
|
|
|
4452 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
4453 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
4454 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
|
4455 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
|
4456 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
|
4457
|
|
|
4458 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
|
4459 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4460 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
|
4461 }
|
|
|
4462 else
|
|
|
4463 #endif
|
|
|
4464 {
|
|
|
4465 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
|
4466 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4467 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4468 }
|
|
|
4469
|
|
|
4470 /*
|
|
|
4471 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
|
4472 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
|
4473 */
|
|
|
4474 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
|
4475 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
|
4476 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4477 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
|
4478 #endif
|
|
|
4479 , old_indent);
|
|
|
4480 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
4481
|
|
|
4482 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
4483 if (first_line)
|
|
|
4484 {
|
|
|
4485 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
|
4486 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
|
4487 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
|
4488 {
|
|
|
4489 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4490 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4491 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
4492 else
|
|
|
4493 #endif
|
|
|
4494 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
4495 }
|
|
|
4496 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
|
4497 }
|
|
|
4498
|
|
|
4499 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4500 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4501 {
|
|
|
4502 /*
|
|
|
4503 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
|
4504 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
|
4505 */
|
|
|
4506 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
|
4507 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
|
4508 }
|
|
|
4509 else
|
|
|
4510 #endif
|
|
|
4511 {
|
|
|
4512 /*
|
|
|
4513 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
|
4514 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
|
4515 */
|
|
|
4516 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
|
4517 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4518 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
|
4519 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
4520 }
|
|
|
4521
|
|
|
4522 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
4523 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4524 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
4525 #endif
|
|
|
4526 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
|
4527 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4528 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4529 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4530 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4531 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4532 #endif
|
|
|
4533 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
4534 }
|
|
|
4535
|
|
|
4536 if (save_char) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
|
4537 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
|
4538
|
|
|
4539 if (c == NUL) /* formatting only */
|
|
|
4540 return;
|
|
|
4541 if (haveto_redraw)
|
|
|
4542 {
|
|
|
4543 update_topline();
|
|
|
4544 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
|
4545 }
|
|
|
4546 }
|
|
|
4547 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
|
4548 return;
|
|
|
4549
|
|
|
4550 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4551 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
|
4552 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4553 {
|
|
|
4554 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4555 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
4556 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
|
4557 int i;
|
|
|
4558
|
|
|
4559 /*
|
|
|
4560 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
|
4561 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
|
4562 */
|
|
|
4563 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
|
4564 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
|
4565 {
|
|
|
4566 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
|
4567 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
4568 ++p;
|
|
|
4569 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4570 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
|
4571 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
|
4572 --middle_len;
|
|
|
4573
|
|
|
4574 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
|
4575 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
4576 ++p;
|
|
|
4577 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4578
|
|
|
4579 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
|
4580 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4581 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
4582 ;
|
|
|
4583 i++;
|
|
|
4584
|
|
|
4585 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
|
4586 i -= middle_len;
|
|
|
4587
|
|
|
4588 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
|
4589 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4590 {
|
|
|
4591 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
|
4592 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
4593
|
|
|
4594 /*
|
|
|
4595 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
|
4596 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
|
4597 */
|
|
|
4598 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
|
4599 }
|
|
|
4600 }
|
|
|
4601 }
|
|
|
4602 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
4603 #endif
|
|
|
4604
|
|
|
4605 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4606 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4607 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4608 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4609 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4610 #endif
|
|
|
4611
|
|
|
4612 /*
|
|
|
4613 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
|
4614 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
|
4615 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
|
4616 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
|
4617 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
|
4618 */
|
|
|
4619 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4620 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4621 #endif
|
|
|
4622
|
|
|
4623 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4624 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4625 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4626 #endif
|
|
|
4627 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
|
4628 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4629 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4630 && !cindent_on()
|
|
|
4631 #endif
|
|
|
4632 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4633 && !p_ri
|
|
|
4634 #endif
|
|
|
4635 )
|
|
|
4636 {
|
|
|
4637 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
|
4638 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
|
4639 int i;
|
|
|
4640 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
|
4641
|
|
|
4642 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
4643 i = 1;
|
|
|
4644 if (textwidth)
|
|
|
4645 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4646 /*
|
|
|
4647 * Stop the string when:
|
|
|
4648 * - no more chars available
|
|
|
4649 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
|
4650 * - buffer is full
|
|
|
4651 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
|
4652 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
|
4653 */
|
|
|
4654 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
|
4655 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4656 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4657 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4658 #endif
|
|
|
4659 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
|
4660 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
|
4661 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4662 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
|
4663 {
|
|
|
4664 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4665 c = vgetc();
|
|
|
4666 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4667 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
4668 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
4669 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4670 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
4671 # endif
|
|
|
4672 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
|
4673 #else
|
|
|
4674 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
|
4675 #endif
|
|
|
4676 }
|
|
|
4677
|
|
|
4678 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
4679 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
4680 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
|
4681 #endif
|
|
|
4682 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
4683 ins_str(buf);
|
|
|
4684 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4685 {
|
|
|
4686 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
|
4687 i = 1;
|
|
|
4688 }
|
|
|
4689 else
|
|
|
4690 i = 0;
|
|
|
4691 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
|
4692 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i);
|
|
|
4693 }
|
|
|
4694 else
|
|
|
4695 {
|
|
|
4696 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4697 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
4698 {
|
|
|
4699 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
4700
|
|
|
4701 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
4702 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
4703 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
4704 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4705 }
|
|
|
4706 else
|
|
|
4707 #endif
|
|
|
4708 {
|
|
|
4709 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
4710 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4711 redo_literal(c);
|
|
|
4712 else
|
|
|
4713 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4714 }
|
|
|
4715 }
|
|
|
4716 }
|
|
|
4717
|
|
|
4718 /*
|
|
|
4719 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
|
4720 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
|
4721 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
|
4722 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
|
4723 * saved here.
|
|
|
4724 */
|
|
|
4725 void
|
|
|
4726 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
|
4727 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
|
4728 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
|
4729 {
|
|
|
4730 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4731 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4732 char_u *old;
|
|
|
4733 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
|
4734 int wasatend;
|
|
301
|
4735 int cc;
|
|
7
|
4736
|
|
|
4737 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
|
4738 return;
|
|
|
4739
|
|
|
4740 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4741 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4742
|
|
|
4743 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4744 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4745
|
|
|
4746 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
|
4747 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
|
4748 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
|
4749 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
|
4750 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
|
4751 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
|
4752 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
|
4753 {
|
|
|
4754 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
4755 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4756 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
4757 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
7
|
4758 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
4759 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4760 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
4761 {
|
|
|
4762 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4763 return;
|
|
|
4764 }
|
|
|
4765 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4766 }
|
|
|
4767
|
|
|
4768 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4769 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
|
4770 * comments. */
|
|
|
4771 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
|
4772 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
|
4773 return;
|
|
|
4774 #endif
|
|
|
4775
|
|
|
4776 /*
|
|
|
4777 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
|
4778 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
|
4779 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
|
4780 */
|
|
|
4781 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
4782 {
|
|
|
4783 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4784 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4785 return;
|
|
|
4786 }
|
|
|
4787
|
|
|
4788 /*
|
|
|
4789 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
|
4790 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
|
4791 */
|
|
|
4792 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4793 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
|
|
|
4794 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
|
4795 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
4796
|
|
|
4797 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
4798 {
|
|
|
4799 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
|
4800 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
4801 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
4802 }
|
|
|
4803 else
|
|
|
4804 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
4805
|
|
|
4806 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
|
4807 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
|
4808 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
|
4809 * formatted. */
|
|
|
4810 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
4811 {
|
|
|
4812 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4813 len = STRLEN(new);
|
|
|
4814 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
|
4815 {
|
|
|
4816 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
|
4817 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
|
4818 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4819 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
|
4820 /* remove the space later */
|
|
|
4821 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
4822 }
|
|
|
4823 else
|
|
|
4824 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4825 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4826 }
|
|
|
4827
|
|
|
4828 check_cursor();
|
|
|
4829 }
|
|
|
4830
|
|
|
4831 /*
|
|
|
4832 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
|
4833 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
|
4834 * position.
|
|
|
4835 */
|
|
|
4836 static void
|
|
|
4837 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
|
4838 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
|
4839 {
|
|
|
4840 int c = ' ';
|
|
301
|
4841 int cc;
|
|
7
|
4842
|
|
|
4843 if (did_add_space)
|
|
|
4844 {
|
|
301
|
4845 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4846 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
4847 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
|
4848 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
4849 else
|
|
|
4850 {
|
|
|
4851 if (!end_insert)
|
|
|
4852 {
|
|
|
4853 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4854 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4855 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4856 }
|
|
|
4857 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
4858 {
|
|
|
4859 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
|
4860 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
4861 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
4862 }
|
|
|
4863 }
|
|
|
4864 }
|
|
|
4865 }
|
|
|
4866
|
|
|
4867 /*
|
|
|
4868 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
|
4869 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
|
4870 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
|
4871 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
|
4872 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
|
4873 */
|
|
|
4874 int
|
|
|
4875 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
|
4876 int ff; /* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
|
|
|
4877 {
|
|
|
4878 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4879
|
|
|
4880 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
4881 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
|
4882 {
|
|
|
4883 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
|
4884 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
|
4885 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
|
4886 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
4887 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
4888 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
4889 #endif
|
|
|
4890 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4891 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
|
4892 #endif
|
|
|
4893 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
|
4894 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
|
4895 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
4896 || usingNetbeans
|
|
|
4897 # endif
|
|
|
4898 )
|
|
|
4899 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
4900 #endif
|
|
|
4901 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
|
4902 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
|
4903 }
|
|
|
4904 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
|
4905 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4906 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
|
4907 {
|
|
|
4908 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
|
4909 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
|
4910 textwidth = 79;
|
|
|
4911 }
|
|
|
4912 return textwidth;
|
|
|
4913 }
|
|
|
4914
|
|
|
4915 /*
|
|
|
4916 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
|
4917 */
|
|
|
4918 static void
|
|
|
4919 redo_literal(c)
|
|
|
4920 int c;
|
|
|
4921 {
|
|
|
4922 char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
4923
|
|
|
4924 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
|
4925 * three digits. */
|
|
|
4926 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
4927 {
|
|
|
4928 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
|
4929 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
|
4930 }
|
|
|
4931 else
|
|
|
4932 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4933 }
|
|
|
4934
|
|
|
4935 /*
|
|
|
4936 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
|
484
|
4937 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
|
7
|
4938 */
|
|
|
4939 static void
|
|
|
4940 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
|
4941 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
4942 {
|
|
|
4943 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
|
4944 {
|
|
|
4945 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
4946 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
|
4947 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
|
4948 }
|
|
221
|
4949 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
4950 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
4951 #endif
|
|
7
|
4952 }
|
|
|
4953
|
|
221
|
4954 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
4955 /*
|
|
|
4956 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
|
|
|
4957 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
|
|
|
4958 */
|
|
|
4959 static void
|
|
|
4960 check_spell_redraw()
|
|
|
4961 {
|
|
|
4962 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
4963 {
|
|
|
4964 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
|
|
|
4965
|
|
|
4966 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
4967 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
4968 }
|
|
|
4969 }
|
|
484
|
4970
|
|
|
4971 /*
|
|
|
4972 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
|
|
|
4973 * spelled word, if there is one.
|
|
|
4974 */
|
|
|
4975 static void
|
|
|
4976 spell_back_to_badword()
|
|
|
4977 {
|
|
|
4978 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4979
|
|
499
|
4980 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
484
|
4981 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
|
|
|
4982 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
4983 }
|
|
221
|
4984 #endif
|
|
|
4985
|
|
7
|
4986 /*
|
|
|
4987 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
|
4988 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
|
4989 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
|
4990 */
|
|
|
4991 int
|
|
|
4992 stop_arrow()
|
|
|
4993 {
|
|
|
4994 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
4995 {
|
|
|
4996 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
4997 {
|
|
|
4998 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
4999 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
5000 }
|
|
|
5001 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
|
5002 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5003 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
5004 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5005 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5006 {
|
|
|
5007 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5008 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
5009 }
|
|
|
5010 #endif
|
|
|
5011 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
5012 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
|
|
5013 }
|
|
|
5014 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
|
5015 {
|
|
|
5016 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
5017 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
5018 }
|
|
|
5019
|
|
|
5020 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5021 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
|
5022 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
5023 #endif
|
|
|
5024
|
|
|
5025 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
|
5026 }
|
|
|
5027
|
|
|
5028 /*
|
|
|
5029 * do a few things to stop inserting
|
|
|
5030 */
|
|
|
5031 static void
|
|
|
5032 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
|
|
5033 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* where insert ended */
|
|
|
5034 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
|
5035 {
|
|
|
5036 int cc;
|
|
|
5037
|
|
|
5038 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
|
5039 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
|
5040
|
|
|
5041 /*
|
|
|
5042 * save the inserted text for later redo with ^@
|
|
|
5043 */
|
|
|
5044 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5045 last_insert = get_inserted();
|
|
|
5046 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5047
|
|
|
5048 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
5049 {
|
|
|
5050 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
|
5051 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
|
5052 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
|
5053 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
|
10
|
5054 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
7
|
5055 {
|
|
10
|
5056 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5057
|
|
7
|
5058 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
|
5059 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
|
5060 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
|
5061 cc = 'x';
|
|
|
5062 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
5063 {
|
|
|
5064 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5065 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5066 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
10
|
5067 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
7
|
5068 }
|
|
|
5069
|
|
|
5070 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5071
|
|
10
|
5072 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5073 {
|
|
|
5074 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
5075 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5076 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5077 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
|
5078 * the "coladd". */
|
|
|
5079 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
5080 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
|
5081 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
|
5082 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
|
5083 #endif
|
|
|
5084 }
|
|
7
|
5085 }
|
|
|
5086
|
|
|
5087 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
|
5088 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
|
5089
|
|
|
5090 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
|
10
|
5091 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
|
5092 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
|
5093 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
|
5094 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
|
7
|
5095 {
|
|
10
|
5096 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5097
|
|
|
5098 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
7
|
5099 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
5100 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5101 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5102 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
|
10
|
5103 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
|
5104 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
|
5105 else if (cc != NUL)
|
|
7
|
5106 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
|
5107
|
|
|
5108 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
5109 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
|
5110 * deleted characters. */
|
|
|
5111 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
5112 {
|
|
|
5113 cc = STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5114 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
|
5115 {
|
|
|
5116 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
|
5117 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5118 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5119 # endif
|
|
|
5120 }
|
|
|
5121 }
|
|
|
5122 #endif
|
|
|
5123 }
|
|
|
5124 }
|
|
|
5125 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
5126 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
5127 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5128 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5129 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
5130 #endif
|
|
|
5131
|
|
|
5132 /* set '[ and '] to the inserted text */
|
|
|
5133 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
|
5134 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
5135 }
|
|
|
5136
|
|
|
5137 /*
|
|
|
5138 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
|
5139 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
|
5140 */
|
|
|
5141 void
|
|
|
5142 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
|
5143 int c;
|
|
|
5144 {
|
|
|
5145 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5146
|
|
|
5147 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5148 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5149 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
|
5150 #else
|
|
|
5151 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
|
5152 #endif
|
|
|
5153 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
|
5154 {
|
|
|
5155 s = last_insert;
|
|
|
5156 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
|
5157 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
|
5158 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
|
5159 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
|
5160 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
|
5161 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
|
5162 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
5163 }
|
|
|
5164 }
|
|
|
5165
|
|
359
|
5166 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5167 void
|
|
|
5168 free_last_insert()
|
|
|
5169 {
|
|
|
5170 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5171 last_insert = NULL;
|
|
|
5172 }
|
|
|
5173 #endif
|
|
|
5174
|
|
7
|
5175 /*
|
|
|
5176 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
5177 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
5178 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
|
5179 */
|
|
|
5180 char_u *
|
|
|
5181 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
|
5182 int c;
|
|
|
5183 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5184 {
|
|
|
5185 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5186 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
5187 int i;
|
|
|
5188 int len;
|
|
|
5189
|
|
|
5190 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
|
5191 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
5192 {
|
|
|
5193 c = temp[i];
|
|
|
5194 #endif
|
|
|
5195 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
|
5196 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
5197 {
|
|
|
5198 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5199 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5200 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
|
5201 }
|
|
|
5202 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
5203 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
|
5204 {
|
|
|
5205 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
|
5206 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
5207 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
5208 }
|
|
|
5209 #endif
|
|
|
5210 else
|
|
|
5211 *s++ = c;
|
|
|
5212 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5213 }
|
|
|
5214 #endif
|
|
|
5215 return s;
|
|
|
5216 }
|
|
|
5217
|
|
|
5218 /*
|
|
|
5219 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
|
5220 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
|
5221 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
|
5222 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
|
5223 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
|
5224 */
|
|
|
5225 void
|
|
|
5226 beginline(flags)
|
|
|
5227 int flags;
|
|
|
5228 {
|
|
|
5229 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
|
5230 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5231 else
|
|
|
5232 {
|
|
|
5233 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5234 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5235 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5236 #endif
|
|
|
5237
|
|
|
5238 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
|
5239 {
|
|
|
5240 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5241
|
|
|
5242 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
|
5243 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
|
5244 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5245 }
|
|
|
5246 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5247 }
|
|
|
5248 }
|
|
|
5249
|
|
|
5250 /*
|
|
|
5251 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
|
5252 *
|
|
|
5253 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
|
5254 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line.
|
|
|
5255 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
|
5256 */
|
|
|
5257
|
|
|
5258 int
|
|
|
5259 oneright()
|
|
|
5260 {
|
|
|
5261 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5262 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5263 int l;
|
|
|
5264 #endif
|
|
|
5265
|
|
|
5266 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5267 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5268 {
|
|
|
5269 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5270
|
|
|
5271 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
|
5272 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5273 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5274 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5275 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5276 #else
|
|
|
5277 *ptr
|
|
|
5278 #endif
|
|
|
5279 ))
|
|
|
5280 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
|
5281 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5282 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
|
5283 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5284 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
5285 }
|
|
|
5286 #endif
|
|
|
5287
|
|
|
5288 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5289 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
5290 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr)) > 1)
|
|
7
|
5291 {
|
|
|
5292 /* The character under the cursor is a multi-byte character, move
|
|
|
5293 * several bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL. */
|
|
|
5294 if (ptr[l] == NUL)
|
|
|
5295 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5296 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
|
5297 }
|
|
|
5298 else
|
|
|
5299 #endif
|
|
|
5300 {
|
|
|
5301 if (*ptr++ == NUL || *ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
5302 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5303 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5304 }
|
|
|
5305
|
|
|
5306 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5307 return OK;
|
|
|
5308 }
|
|
|
5309
|
|
|
5310 int
|
|
|
5311 oneleft()
|
|
|
5312 {
|
|
|
5313 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5314 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5315 {
|
|
|
5316 int width;
|
|
|
5317 int v = getviscol();
|
|
|
5318
|
|
|
5319 if (v == 0)
|
|
|
5320 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5321
|
|
|
5322 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
5323 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
|
5324 width = 1;
|
|
|
5325 for (;;)
|
|
|
5326 {
|
|
|
5327 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
|
5328 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
|
5329 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
5330 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
|
5331 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5332 && !has_mbyte
|
|
|
5333 # endif
|
|
|
5334 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
|
5335 break;
|
|
|
5336 ++width;
|
|
|
5337 }
|
|
|
5338 # else
|
|
|
5339 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
|
5340 # endif
|
|
|
5341
|
|
|
5342 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
|
5343 {
|
|
|
5344 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5345
|
|
|
5346 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
|
5347 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5348 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5349 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5350 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5351 # else
|
|
|
5352 *ptr
|
|
|
5353 # endif
|
|
|
5354 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
|
5355 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5356 }
|
|
|
5357
|
|
|
5358 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5359 return OK;
|
|
|
5360 }
|
|
|
5361 #endif
|
|
|
5362
|
|
|
5363 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5364 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5365
|
|
|
5366 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5367 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5368
|
|
|
5369 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5370 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
|
5371 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
|
5372 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5373 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
5374 #endif
|
|
|
5375 return OK;
|
|
|
5376 }
|
|
|
5377
|
|
|
5378 int
|
|
|
5379 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5380 long n;
|
|
|
5381 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5382 {
|
|
|
5383 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5384
|
|
|
5385 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5386 {
|
|
|
5387 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
161
|
5388 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
|
|
|
5389 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5390 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5391 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5392 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
|
5393 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5394 else
|
|
|
5395 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5396 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5397 {
|
|
|
5398 /*
|
|
|
5399 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
|
5400 */
|
|
|
5401 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
|
5402 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5403
|
|
|
5404 while (n--)
|
|
|
5405 {
|
|
|
5406 /* move up one line */
|
|
|
5407 --lnum;
|
|
|
5408 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
5409 break;
|
|
|
5410 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
|
5411 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
|
5412 * in a moment. */
|
|
|
5413 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
|
5414 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5415 }
|
|
|
5416 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
|
5417 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5418 }
|
|
|
5419 else
|
|
|
5420 #endif
|
|
|
5421 lnum -= n;
|
|
|
5422 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5423 }
|
|
|
5424
|
|
|
5425 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5426 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5427
|
|
|
5428 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5429 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5430
|
|
|
5431 return OK;
|
|
|
5432 }
|
|
|
5433
|
|
|
5434 /*
|
|
|
5435 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
|
5436 */
|
|
|
5437 int
|
|
|
5438 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5439 long n;
|
|
|
5440 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5441 {
|
|
|
5442 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5443
|
|
|
5444 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5445 {
|
|
|
5446 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5447 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5448 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
|
5449 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
|
5450 #endif
|
|
161
|
5451 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
|
|
|
5452 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5453 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5454 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5455 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5456 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5457 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5458 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5459 else
|
|
|
5460 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5461 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5462 {
|
|
|
5463 linenr_T last;
|
|
|
5464
|
|
|
5465 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
|
5466 while (n--)
|
|
|
5467 {
|
|
|
5468 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
|
5469 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
|
5470 else
|
|
|
5471 ++lnum;
|
|
|
5472 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5473 break;
|
|
|
5474 }
|
|
|
5475 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5476 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5477 }
|
|
|
5478 else
|
|
|
5479 #endif
|
|
|
5480 lnum += n;
|
|
|
5481 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5482 }
|
|
|
5483
|
|
|
5484 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5485 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5486
|
|
|
5487 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5488 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5489
|
|
|
5490 return OK;
|
|
|
5491 }
|
|
|
5492
|
|
|
5493 /*
|
|
|
5494 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
|
5495 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
|
5496 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
|
5497 */
|
|
|
5498 int
|
|
|
5499 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
|
5500 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
|
5501 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
|
5502 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
|
5503 {
|
|
|
5504 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
|
5505 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5506 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5507 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
|
5508
|
|
|
5509 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
|
5510 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
5511 {
|
|
|
5512 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
|
5513 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5514 }
|
|
|
5515
|
|
|
5516 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
|
5517 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
5518 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
5519 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5520 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
|
5521
|
|
|
5522 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
|
5523 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
|
5524 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
|
5525 */
|
|
|
5526 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
|
5527 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
|
5528 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
|
5529 {
|
|
|
5530 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5531 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
|
5532 }
|
|
|
5533
|
|
|
5534 do
|
|
|
5535 {
|
|
|
5536 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
|
5537 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
|
5538 if (last)
|
|
|
5539 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
|
5540 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
|
5541 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
|
5542 }
|
|
|
5543 while (--count > 0);
|
|
|
5544
|
|
|
5545 if (last)
|
|
|
5546 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
|
5547
|
|
|
5548 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
5549 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
|
5550
|
|
|
5551 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
|
5552 if (!no_esc)
|
|
|
5553 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
|
5554
|
|
|
5555 return OK;
|
|
|
5556 }
|
|
|
5557
|
|
|
5558 char_u *
|
|
|
5559 get_last_insert()
|
|
|
5560 {
|
|
|
5561 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5562 return NULL;
|
|
|
5563 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5564 }
|
|
|
5565
|
|
|
5566 /*
|
|
|
5567 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
|
5568 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
|
5569 */
|
|
|
5570 char_u *
|
|
|
5571 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
|
5572 {
|
|
|
5573 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5574 int len;
|
|
|
5575
|
|
|
5576 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5577 return NULL;
|
|
|
5578 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
|
5579 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
5580 {
|
|
|
5581 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
5582 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
|
5583 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5584 }
|
|
|
5585 return s;
|
|
|
5586 }
|
|
|
5587
|
|
|
5588 /*
|
|
|
5589 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
|
5590 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
|
5591 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
|
5592 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
|
5593 */
|
|
|
5594 static int
|
|
|
5595 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
|
5596 int c;
|
|
|
5597 {
|
|
|
5598 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
|
5599 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
|
5600 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
|
5601 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5602
|
|
|
5603 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
5604 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
|
5605 }
|
|
|
5606
|
|
|
5607 /*
|
|
|
5608 * replace-stack functions
|
|
|
5609 *
|
|
|
5610 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
|
5611 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
|
5612 *
|
|
|
5613 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
|
5614 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
|
5615 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
|
5616 *
|
|
|
5617 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
|
5618 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
|
5619 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
|
5620 *
|
|
|
5621 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
|
5622 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
|
5623 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
|
5624 */
|
|
|
5625
|
|
298
|
5626 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5627 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
|
5628 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
|
7
|
5629
|
|
|
5630 void
|
|
|
5631 replace_push(c)
|
|
|
5632 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
|
5633 {
|
|
|
5634 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5635
|
|
|
5636 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
5637 return;
|
|
|
5638 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
|
5639 {
|
|
|
5640 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
|
5641 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
|
5642 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
5643 {
|
|
|
5644 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
|
5645 return;
|
|
|
5646 }
|
|
|
5647 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
|
5648 {
|
|
|
5649 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
|
5650 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5651 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5652 }
|
|
|
5653 replace_stack = p;
|
|
|
5654 }
|
|
|
5655 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
|
5656 if (replace_offset)
|
|
|
5657 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5658 *p = c;
|
|
|
5659 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5660 }
|
|
|
5661
|
|
|
5662 /*
|
|
|
5663 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
|
5664 */
|
|
|
5665 static void
|
|
|
5666 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
|
5667 int c;
|
|
|
5668 {
|
|
|
5669 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5670
|
|
|
5671 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5672 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5673 ++replace_offset)
|
|
|
5674 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
|
5675 break;
|
|
|
5676 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5677 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
5678 }
|
|
|
5679
|
|
|
5680 /*
|
|
|
5681 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
|
5682 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
|
5683 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
|
5684 */
|
|
|
5685 static int
|
|
|
5686 replace_pop()
|
|
|
5687 {
|
|
|
5688 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
|
5689 return -1;
|
|
|
5690 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
|
5691 }
|
|
|
5692
|
|
|
5693 /*
|
|
|
5694 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
|
5695 * encountered.
|
|
|
5696 */
|
|
|
5697 static void
|
|
|
5698 replace_join(off)
|
|
|
5699 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
|
5700 {
|
|
|
5701 int i;
|
|
|
5702
|
|
|
5703 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5704 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
|
5705 {
|
|
|
5706 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5707 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
|
5708 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
|
5709 return;
|
|
|
5710 }
|
|
|
5711 }
|
|
|
5712
|
|
|
5713 /*
|
|
|
5714 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
|
5715 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
5716 */
|
|
|
5717 static void
|
|
|
5718 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
|
5719 {
|
|
|
5720 int cc;
|
|
|
5721 int oldState = State;
|
|
|
5722
|
|
|
5723 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
|
5724 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
|
5725 {
|
|
|
5726 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5727 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
5728 #else
|
|
|
5729 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5730 #endif
|
|
|
5731 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5732 }
|
|
|
5733 State = oldState;
|
|
|
5734 }
|
|
|
5735
|
|
|
5736 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5737 /*
|
|
|
5738 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
|
5739 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
|
5740 */
|
|
|
5741 static void
|
|
|
5742 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
|
5743 int cc;
|
|
|
5744 {
|
|
|
5745 int n;
|
|
|
5746 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
5747 int i;
|
|
|
5748 int c;
|
|
|
5749
|
|
|
5750 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
|
5751 {
|
|
|
5752 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
|
5753 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
5754 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5755 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
5756 }
|
|
|
5757 else
|
|
|
5758 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5759
|
|
|
5760 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
5761 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
|
5762 for (;;)
|
|
|
5763 {
|
|
|
5764 c = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5765 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
|
5766 break;
|
|
|
5767 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
|
5768 {
|
|
|
5769 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
|
5770 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5771 break;
|
|
|
5772 }
|
|
|
5773 else
|
|
|
5774 {
|
|
|
5775 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
5776 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
5777 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5778 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
|
5779 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
5780 else
|
|
|
5781 {
|
|
|
5782 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
|
5783 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
5784 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
|
5785 break;
|
|
|
5786 }
|
|
|
5787 }
|
|
|
5788 }
|
|
|
5789 }
|
|
|
5790 #endif
|
|
|
5791
|
|
|
5792 /*
|
|
|
5793 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
|
5794 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
|
5795 */
|
|
|
5796 static void
|
|
|
5797 replace_flush()
|
|
|
5798 {
|
|
|
5799 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5800 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5801 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
|
5802 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
|
5803 }
|
|
|
5804
|
|
|
5805 /*
|
|
|
5806 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
|
5807 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
|
5808 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
5809 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
|
5810 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
|
5811 */
|
|
|
5812 static void
|
|
|
5813 replace_do_bs()
|
|
|
5814 {
|
|
|
5815 int cc;
|
|
|
5816 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5817 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
|
5818 int ins_len;
|
|
|
5819 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
|
5820 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
|
5821 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5822 int i;
|
|
|
5823 int vcol;
|
|
|
5824 #endif
|
|
|
5825
|
|
|
5826 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5827 if (cc > 0)
|
|
|
5828 {
|
|
|
5829 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5830 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5831 {
|
|
|
5832 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
|
5833 * going to delete. */
|
|
|
5834 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
5835 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
|
5836 }
|
|
|
5837 #endif
|
|
|
5838 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5839 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5840 {
|
|
|
5841 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5842 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5843 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5844 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5845 # endif
|
|
|
5846 replace_push(cc);
|
|
|
5847 }
|
|
|
5848 else
|
|
|
5849 #endif
|
|
|
5850 {
|
|
|
5851 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
|
5852 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5853 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5854 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
|
5855 #endif
|
|
|
5856 }
|
|
|
5857 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
5858
|
|
|
5859 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5860 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5861 {
|
|
|
5862 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
|
5863 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5864 ins_len = STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
|
5865 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
|
5866 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
|
5867 {
|
|
|
5868 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
|
5869 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
5870 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
|
|
7
|
5871 #endif
|
|
|
5872 }
|
|
|
5873 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
|
5874
|
|
|
5875 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
|
5876 * text aligned. */
|
|
|
5877 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
|
5878 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
|
5879 {
|
|
|
5880 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5881 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
|
5882 }
|
|
|
5883 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
|
5884 }
|
|
|
5885 #endif
|
|
|
5886
|
|
|
5887 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
5888 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
5889 }
|
|
|
5890 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
|
5891 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5892 }
|
|
|
5893
|
|
|
5894 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5895 /*
|
|
|
5896 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
|
5897 */
|
|
|
5898 static int
|
|
|
5899 cindent_on()
|
|
|
5900 {
|
|
|
5901 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
5902 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5903 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
5904 # endif
|
|
|
5905 ));
|
|
|
5906 }
|
|
|
5907 #endif
|
|
|
5908
|
|
|
5909 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5910 /*
|
|
|
5911 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
|
5912 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
|
5913 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
|
5914 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
|
5915 */
|
|
|
5916
|
|
|
5917 void
|
|
|
5918 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
|
5919 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
5920 {
|
|
|
5921 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
5922 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
5923 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
|
5924 }
|
|
|
5925
|
|
|
5926 void
|
|
|
5927 fix_indent()
|
|
|
5928 {
|
|
|
5929 if (p_paste)
|
|
|
5930 return;
|
|
|
5931 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
5932 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
5933 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
5934 # endif
|
|
|
5935 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
|
5936 else
|
|
|
5937 # endif
|
|
|
5938 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5939 if (cindent_on())
|
|
|
5940 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
5941 # endif
|
|
|
5942 }
|
|
|
5943
|
|
|
5944 #endif
|
|
|
5945
|
|
|
5946 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5947 /*
|
|
|
5948 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
|
5949 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
|
5950 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
|
5951 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
|
5952 *
|
|
|
5953 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
|
5954 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
5955 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
|
5956 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
|
5957 *
|
|
|
5958 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
|
5959 */
|
|
|
5960 int
|
|
|
5961 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
|
5962 int keytyped;
|
|
|
5963 int when;
|
|
|
5964 int line_is_empty;
|
|
|
5965 {
|
|
|
5966 char_u *look;
|
|
|
5967 int try_match;
|
|
|
5968 int try_match_word;
|
|
|
5969 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5970 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5971 int icase;
|
|
|
5972 int i;
|
|
|
5973
|
|
|
5974 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5975 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
5976 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
|
5977 else
|
|
|
5978 #endif
|
|
|
5979 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
|
5980 while (*look)
|
|
|
5981 {
|
|
|
5982 /*
|
|
|
5983 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
|
5984 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
|
5985 */
|
|
|
5986 switch (when)
|
|
|
5987 {
|
|
|
5988 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
|
5989 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
|
5990 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
|
5991 }
|
|
|
5992 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
|
5993 ++look;
|
|
|
5994
|
|
|
5995 /*
|
|
|
5996 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
|
5997 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
|
5998 */
|
|
|
5999 if (*look == '0')
|
|
|
6000 {
|
|
|
6001 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
|
6002 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
|
6003 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6004 ++look;
|
|
|
6005 }
|
|
|
6006 else
|
|
|
6007 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
|
6008
|
|
|
6009 /*
|
|
|
6010 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
|
6011 */
|
|
|
6012 if (*look == '^'
|
|
|
6013 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6014 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
|
6015 #else
|
|
|
6016 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
|
6017 #endif
|
|
|
6018 )
|
|
|
6019 {
|
|
|
6020 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
|
6021 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6022 look += 2;
|
|
|
6023 }
|
|
|
6024 /*
|
|
|
6025 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
|
6026 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
|
6027 */
|
|
|
6028 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
|
6029 {
|
|
|
6030 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
|
6031 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6032 ++look;
|
|
|
6033 }
|
|
|
6034 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
|
6035 {
|
|
|
6036 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
|
6037 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6038 ++look;
|
|
|
6039 }
|
|
|
6040
|
|
|
6041 /*
|
|
|
6042 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
|
6043 * cursor.
|
|
|
6044 */
|
|
|
6045 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
|
6046 {
|
|
|
6047 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
|
6048 {
|
|
|
6049 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6050 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
|
6051 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
6052 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6053 }
|
|
|
6054 ++look;
|
|
|
6055 }
|
|
|
6056
|
|
|
6057 /*
|
|
|
6058 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
|
6059 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
|
6060 * class::method for C++).
|
|
|
6061 */
|
|
|
6062 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
|
6063 {
|
|
|
6064 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
|
6065 {
|
|
|
6066 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6067 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
|
6068 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6069 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
|
6070 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
|
6071 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
|
6072 {
|
|
|
6073 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
|
6074 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
|
6075 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
|
6076 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6077 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
|
6078 if (i)
|
|
|
6079 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6080 }
|
|
|
6081 }
|
|
|
6082 ++look;
|
|
|
6083 }
|
|
|
6084
|
|
|
6085
|
|
|
6086 /*
|
|
|
6087 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
|
6088 */
|
|
|
6089 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
|
6090 {
|
|
|
6091 if (try_match)
|
|
|
6092 {
|
|
|
6093 /*
|
|
|
6094 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
|
6095 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
|
6096 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
|
6097 */
|
|
|
6098 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
|
6099 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
|
6100 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6101
|
|
|
6102 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
|
6103 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6104 }
|
|
|
6105 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
|
6106 look++;
|
|
|
6107 while (*look == '>')
|
|
|
6108 look++;
|
|
|
6109 }
|
|
|
6110
|
|
|
6111 /*
|
|
|
6112 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
|
6113 */
|
|
|
6114 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
6115 {
|
|
|
6116 ++look;
|
|
|
6117 if (*look == '~')
|
|
|
6118 {
|
|
|
6119 icase = TRUE;
|
|
|
6120 ++look;
|
|
|
6121 }
|
|
|
6122 else
|
|
|
6123 icase = FALSE;
|
|
|
6124 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
|
6125 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
6126 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
|
6127 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
|
6128 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
|
6129 {
|
|
|
6130 int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6131
|
|
|
6132 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6133 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
|
6134 {
|
|
|
6135 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6136
|
|
|
6137 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
|
6138 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
|
6139 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6140 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6141 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6142 {
|
|
|
6143 char_u *n;
|
|
|
6144
|
|
|
6145 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
|
6146 {
|
|
|
6147 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
|
6148 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
|
6149 break;
|
|
|
6150 }
|
|
|
6151 }
|
|
|
6152 else
|
|
|
6153 # endif
|
|
|
6154 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
|
6155 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
|
6156 break;
|
|
|
6157 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
6158 && (icase
|
|
|
6159 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
|
6160 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
|
6161 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
6162 }
|
|
|
6163 else
|
|
|
6164 #endif
|
|
|
6165 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
|
6166 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
|
6167 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
|
6168 {
|
|
|
6169 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6170 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
|
6171 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
|
6172 && (icase
|
|
|
6173 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
|
6174 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
|
6175 == 0)
|
|
|
6176 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
6177 }
|
|
|
6178 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
|
6179 {
|
|
|
6180 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
|
6181 * word. */
|
|
|
6182 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6183 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
|
6184 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
|
6185 match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6186 }
|
|
|
6187 if (match)
|
|
|
6188 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6189 }
|
|
|
6190 look = p;
|
|
|
6191 }
|
|
|
6192
|
|
|
6193 /*
|
|
|
6194 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
|
6195 */
|
|
|
6196 else
|
|
|
6197 {
|
|
|
6198 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
|
6199 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6200 ++look;
|
|
|
6201 }
|
|
|
6202
|
|
|
6203 /*
|
|
|
6204 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
|
6205 */
|
|
|
6206 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
|
6207 }
|
|
|
6208 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6209 }
|
|
|
6210 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
6211
|
|
|
6212 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6213 /*
|
|
|
6214 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
|
6215 */
|
|
|
6216 int
|
|
|
6217 hkmap(c)
|
|
|
6218 int c;
|
|
|
6219 {
|
|
|
6220 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
|
6221 {
|
|
|
6222 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
|
6223 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
|
6224 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
|
6225 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
|
6226 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
|
6227 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
|
6228 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
|
6229 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
|
6230 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
|
6231 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
|
6232 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
|
6233 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
|
6234 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
|
6235
|
|
|
6236 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
|
6237 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6238 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
|
6239 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
|
6240 return 'X';
|
|
|
6241 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
|
6242 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
|
6243 else if (c == 246)
|
|
|
6244 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
|
6245 else if (c == 228)
|
|
|
6246 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6247 else if (c == 252)
|
|
|
6248 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6249 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6250 else if (islower(c))
|
|
|
6251 #else
|
|
|
6252 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
|
6253 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
|
6254 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
|
6255 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
|
6256 */
|
|
|
6257 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
|
6258 #endif
|
|
|
6259 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6260 else
|
|
|
6261 return c;
|
|
|
6262 }
|
|
|
6263 else
|
|
|
6264 {
|
|
|
6265 switch (c)
|
|
|
6266 {
|
|
|
6267 case '`': return ';';
|
|
|
6268 case '/': return '.';
|
|
|
6269 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
|
6270 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
|
6271 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
|
6272
|
|
|
6273 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
|
6274 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
|
6275 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
|
6276 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
|
6277 default: {
|
|
|
6278 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
|
6279
|
|
|
6280 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6281 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
|
6282 if (!islower(c))
|
|
|
6283 #else
|
|
|
6284 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
|
6285 #endif
|
|
|
6286 return c;
|
|
|
6287 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
|
6288 break;
|
|
|
6289 }
|
|
|
6290 }
|
|
|
6291
|
|
|
6292 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6293 }
|
|
|
6294 }
|
|
|
6295 #endif
|
|
|
6296
|
|
|
6297 static void
|
|
|
6298 ins_reg()
|
|
|
6299 {
|
|
|
6300 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6301 int regname;
|
|
|
6302 int literally = 0;
|
|
|
6303
|
|
|
6304 /*
|
|
|
6305 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
|
6306 */
|
|
|
6307 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
6308 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
6309 {
|
|
|
6310 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
6311 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
6312
|
|
|
6313 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
|
6314 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6315 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6316 #endif
|
|
|
6317 }
|
|
|
6318
|
|
|
6319 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
6320 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
6321 #endif
|
|
|
6322
|
|
|
6323 /*
|
|
|
6324 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6325 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6326 */
|
|
|
6327 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6328 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6329 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6330 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6331 #endif
|
|
|
6332 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6333 {
|
|
|
6334 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
|
6335 literally = regname;
|
|
|
6336 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6337 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
|
6338 #endif
|
|
|
6339 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6340 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6341 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6342 #endif
|
|
|
6343 }
|
|
|
6344 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6345
|
|
|
6346 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6347 /*
|
|
|
6348 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
|
6349 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
|
6350 */
|
|
|
6351 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6352 if (regname == '=')
|
|
|
6353 {
|
|
133
|
6354 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6355 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
|
133
|
6356 # endif
|
|
7
|
6357 regname = get_expr_register();
|
|
133
|
6358 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6359 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
|
6360 if (im_on)
|
|
|
6361 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
133
|
6362 # endif
|
|
7
|
6363 }
|
|
140
|
6364 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
|
|
|
6365 {
|
|
|
6366 vim_beep();
|
|
7
|
6367 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
140
|
6368 }
|
|
7
|
6369 else
|
|
|
6370 {
|
|
|
6371 #endif
|
|
|
6372 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6373 {
|
|
|
6374 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
|
6375 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6376 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
|
6377 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
|
6378
|
|
|
6379 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
|
6380 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
6381 }
|
|
|
6382 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6383 {
|
|
|
6384 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6385 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6386 }
|
|
133
|
6387 else if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
6388 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
|
6389 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
|
6390 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6391 need_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6392
|
|
7
|
6393 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6394 }
|
|
|
6395 --no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6396 #endif
|
|
|
6397 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6398 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
6399 #endif
|
|
|
6400
|
|
|
6401 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6402 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
|
6403 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
6404 }
|
|
|
6405
|
|
|
6406 /*
|
|
|
6407 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6408 */
|
|
|
6409 static void
|
|
|
6410 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
|
6411 {
|
|
|
6412 int c;
|
|
|
6413
|
|
|
6414 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6415 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
|
6416 setcursor();
|
|
|
6417 #endif
|
|
|
6418
|
|
|
6419 /*
|
|
|
6420 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6421 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6422 */
|
|
|
6423 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6424 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6425 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6426 switch (c)
|
|
|
6427 {
|
|
|
6428 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6429 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6430 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
6431 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
|
6432 break;
|
|
|
6433
|
|
|
6434 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6435 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6436 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
|
6437 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
|
6438 break;
|
|
|
6439
|
|
|
6440 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
|
6441 case 'u': u_sync();
|
|
|
6442 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
6443 break;
|
|
|
6444
|
|
|
6445 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
|
6446 default: vim_beep();
|
|
|
6447 }
|
|
|
6448 }
|
|
|
6449
|
|
|
6450 /*
|
|
449
|
6451 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6452 */
|
|
|
6453 static void
|
|
|
6454 ins_ctrl_hat()
|
|
|
6455 {
|
|
|
6456 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6457 {
|
|
|
6458 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
|
6459 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
6460 {
|
|
|
6461 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
6462 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6463 }
|
|
|
6464 else
|
|
|
6465 {
|
|
|
6466 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
6467 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6468 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6469 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6470 #endif
|
|
|
6471 }
|
|
|
6472 }
|
|
|
6473 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6474 else
|
|
|
6475 {
|
|
|
6476 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
|
6477 if (im_get_status())
|
|
|
6478 {
|
|
|
6479 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
6480 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6481 }
|
|
|
6482 else
|
|
|
6483 {
|
|
|
6484 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
|
6485 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6486 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
6487 }
|
|
|
6488 }
|
|
|
6489 #endif
|
|
|
6490 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
|
6491 showmode();
|
|
|
6492 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6493 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
|
6494 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6495 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
6496 #endif
|
|
|
6497 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
|
6498 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
|
6499 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
|
6500 #endif
|
|
|
6501 }
|
|
|
6502
|
|
|
6503 /*
|
|
7
|
6504 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
|
6505 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
|
6506 * insert.
|
|
|
6507 */
|
|
|
6508 static int
|
|
477
|
6509 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
|
|
7
|
6510 long *count;
|
|
|
6511 int cmdchar;
|
|
477
|
6512 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */
|
|
7
|
6513 {
|
|
|
6514 int temp;
|
|
|
6515 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6516
|
|
449
|
6517 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
6518 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
6519 #endif
|
|
7
|
6520 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
|
6521 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
|
6522 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
|
6523 # endif
|
|
|
6524 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
6525 {
|
|
|
6526 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
|
6527 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
|
6528 }
|
|
|
6529 #endif
|
|
|
6530
|
|
|
6531 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6532 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
|
6533 {
|
|
|
6534 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6535 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6536 }
|
|
|
6537 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
6538 {
|
|
|
6539 /*
|
|
|
6540 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
|
75
|
6541 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
|
6542 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
|
7
|
6543 */
|
|
|
6544 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
75
|
6545 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
|
7
|
6546
|
|
|
6547 /*
|
|
|
6548 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
|
6549 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
|
6550 */
|
|
|
6551 if (*count > 0)
|
|
|
6552 {
|
|
|
6553 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
6554 if (got_int)
|
|
|
6555 *count = 0;
|
|
|
6556 }
|
|
|
6557
|
|
|
6558 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
|
6559 {
|
|
164
|
6560 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
|
6561 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
|
6562 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
|
6563
|
|
7
|
6564 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
|
6565 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
6566 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
|
6567 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6568 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6569 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
|
6570 }
|
|
|
6571 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
|
6572 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6573 }
|
|
|
6574
|
|
|
6575 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
|
6576 * indent */
|
|
|
6577 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6578 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6579
|
|
|
6580 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
|
6581 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
6582 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6583
|
|
|
6584 /*
|
|
|
6585 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
|
477
|
6586 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
|
|
7
|
6587 */
|
|
477
|
6588 if (!nomove
|
|
|
6589 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
|
7
|
6590 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6591 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
|
6592 #endif
|
|
477
|
6593 )
|
|
|
6594 && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
|
6595 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
7
|
6596 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
477
|
6597 && !VIsual_active
|
|
|
6598 #endif
|
|
|
6599 ))
|
|
7
|
6600 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6601 && !revins_on
|
|
|
6602 #endif
|
|
|
6603 )
|
|
|
6604 {
|
|
|
6605 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6606 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
6607 {
|
|
|
6608 oneleft();
|
|
|
6609 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6610 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6611 }
|
|
|
6612 else
|
|
|
6613 #endif
|
|
|
6614 {
|
|
|
6615 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6616 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6617 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
6618 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6619 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
6620 #endif
|
|
|
6621 }
|
|
|
6622 }
|
|
|
6623
|
|
|
6624 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6625 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
|
6626 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
|
6627 * well). */
|
|
|
6628 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6629 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
|
6630 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6631 #endif
|
|
|
6632
|
|
|
6633 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
6634 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
|
6635 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
6636
|
|
|
6637 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
6638 setmouse();
|
|
|
6639 #endif
|
|
|
6640 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
6641 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
6642 #endif
|
|
|
6643
|
|
|
6644 /*
|
|
|
6645 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
|
6646 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
|
6647 */
|
|
|
6648 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6649 showmode();
|
|
|
6650 else if (p_smd)
|
|
|
6651 MSG("");
|
|
|
6652
|
|
|
6653 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
|
6654 }
|
|
|
6655
|
|
|
6656 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6657 /*
|
|
|
6658 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
|
6659 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
|
6660 */
|
|
|
6661 static void
|
|
|
6662 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
|
6663 {
|
|
|
6664 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
|
6665 {
|
|
|
6666 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
|
6667 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6668 }
|
|
|
6669 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
|
6670 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
6671 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
6672 {
|
|
|
6673 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6674 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
6675 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
6676 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6677 }
|
|
|
6678 else
|
|
|
6679 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
6680 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
6681 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
|
6682 {
|
|
|
6683 /*
|
|
|
6684 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
|
6685 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
|
6686 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
|
6687 */
|
|
|
6688 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
6689 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
|
6690 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
|
6691 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
6692 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
6693 }
|
|
|
6694 else
|
|
|
6695 #endif
|
|
|
6696 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
|
6697 showmode();
|
|
|
6698 }
|
|
|
6699 #endif
|
|
|
6700
|
|
|
6701 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
6702 /*
|
|
|
6703 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
|
6704 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
|
6705 */
|
|
|
6706 static int
|
|
|
6707 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
|
6708 int c;
|
|
|
6709 {
|
|
|
6710 if (km_startsel)
|
|
|
6711 switch (c)
|
|
|
6712 {
|
|
|
6713 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
6714 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
6715 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
6716 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
6717 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6718 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6719 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
6720 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
6721 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6722 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6723 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6724 case K_END:
|
|
|
6725 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
6726 # endif
|
|
|
6727 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
6728 break;
|
|
|
6729 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
6730 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
6731 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6732 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
6733 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
6734 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
6735 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
6736 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
|
6737 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
|
6738 start_selection();
|
|
|
6739
|
|
|
6740 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
|
6741 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
|
6742 if (mod_mask)
|
|
|
6743 {
|
|
|
6744 char_u buf[4];
|
|
|
6745
|
|
|
6746 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
6747 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
6748 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
|
6749 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
|
6750 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
|
6751 }
|
|
|
6752 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
6753 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6754 }
|
|
|
6755 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6756 }
|
|
|
6757 #endif
|
|
|
6758
|
|
|
6759 /*
|
|
449
|
6760 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
|
|
|
6761 */
|
|
|
6762 static void
|
|
|
6763 ins_insert(replaceState)
|
|
|
6764 int replaceState;
|
|
|
6765 {
|
|
|
6766 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
6767 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
6768 {
|
|
|
6769 beep_flush();
|
|
|
6770 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
6771 return;
|
|
|
6772 }
|
|
|
6773 #endif
|
|
|
6774
|
|
|
6775 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
532
|
6776 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
449
|
6777 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
|
6778 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
|
6779 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : "r"), 1);
|
|
532
|
6780 # endif
|
|
449
|
6781 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
6782 #endif
|
|
|
6783 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6784 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
6785 else
|
|
|
6786 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
6787 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
|
6788 showmode();
|
|
|
6789 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
6790 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
6791 #endif
|
|
|
6792 }
|
|
|
6793
|
|
|
6794 /*
|
|
|
6795 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6796 */
|
|
|
6797 static void
|
|
|
6798 ins_ctrl_o()
|
|
|
6799 {
|
|
|
6800 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6801 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6802 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
|
6803 else
|
|
|
6804 #endif
|
|
|
6805 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6806 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
|
6807 else
|
|
|
6808 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
|
6809 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6810 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
6811 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
|
6812 else
|
|
|
6813 #endif
|
|
|
6814 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
|
6815 }
|
|
|
6816
|
|
|
6817 /*
|
|
7
|
6818 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
|
6819 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
|
6820 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
|
6821 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
|
6822 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
|
6823 */
|
|
|
6824 static void
|
|
|
6825 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
|
6826 int c;
|
|
|
6827 int lastc;
|
|
|
6828 {
|
|
|
6829 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6830 return;
|
|
|
6831 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
6832
|
|
|
6833 /*
|
|
|
6834 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
|
6835 */
|
|
|
6836 if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6837 {
|
|
|
6838 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6839 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
|
6840 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
|
6841 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6842 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6843 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
|
6844 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
|
6845 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
6846 }
|
|
|
6847 else
|
|
|
6848 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
6849
|
|
|
6850 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
|
6851 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6852 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6853 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6854 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6855 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6856 #endif
|
|
|
6857 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6858 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
|
6859 #endif
|
|
|
6860 }
|
|
|
6861
|
|
|
6862 static void
|
|
|
6863 ins_del()
|
|
|
6864 {
|
|
|
6865 int temp;
|
|
|
6866
|
|
|
6867 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6868 return;
|
|
|
6869 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
|
6870 {
|
|
|
6871 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6872 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
|
6873 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
|
6874 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
|
6875 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6876 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6877 else
|
|
|
6878 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6879 }
|
|
|
6880 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
|
6881 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6882 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6883 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6884 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6885 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6886 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6887 #endif
|
|
|
6888 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
|
6889 }
|
|
|
6890
|
|
|
6891 /*
|
|
|
6892 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6893 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
|
6894 */
|
|
|
6895 static int
|
|
|
6896 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
|
6897 int c;
|
|
|
6898 int mode;
|
|
|
6899 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
|
6900 {
|
|
|
6901 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6902 int cc;
|
|
|
6903 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
6904 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
6905 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
6906 int in_indent;
|
|
|
6907 int oldState;
|
|
|
6908 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6909 int p1, p2;
|
|
|
6910 #endif
|
|
|
6911
|
|
|
6912 /*
|
|
|
6913 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
|
6914 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
|
6915 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
|
6916 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
|
6917 */
|
|
|
6918 if ( bufempty()
|
|
|
6919 || (
|
|
|
6920 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6921 !revins_on &&
|
|
|
6922 #endif
|
|
|
6923 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6924 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
|
6925 && (arrow_used
|
|
|
6926 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6927 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
|
6928 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
|
6929 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
|
6930 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
|
6931 {
|
|
|
6932 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6933 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6934 }
|
|
|
6935
|
|
|
6936 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6937 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6938 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
|
6939 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6940 if (in_indent)
|
|
|
6941 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
6942 #endif
|
|
|
6943 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
6944 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
|
6945 #endif
|
|
|
6946 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6947 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
|
6948 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6949 #endif
|
|
|
6950
|
|
|
6951 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6952 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
|
6953 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
|
6954 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
|
6955 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
|
6956 */
|
|
|
6957 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
6958 {
|
|
|
6959 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
6960 {
|
|
|
6961 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6962 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6963 }
|
|
|
6964 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
|
6965 {
|
|
|
6966 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6967 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6968 }
|
|
|
6969 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6970 }
|
|
|
6971 #endif
|
|
|
6972
|
|
|
6973 /*
|
|
|
6974 * delete newline!
|
|
|
6975 */
|
|
|
6976 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6977 {
|
|
|
6978 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
6979 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6980 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6981 || revins_on
|
|
|
6982 #endif
|
|
|
6983 )
|
|
|
6984 {
|
|
|
6985 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
|
6986 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6987 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6988 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
6989 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
6990 }
|
|
|
6991 /*
|
|
|
6992 * In replace mode:
|
|
|
6993 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
6994 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
|
6995 */
|
|
|
6996 cc = -1;
|
|
|
6997 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6998 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
|
6999 /*
|
|
|
7000 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
|
7001 * cursor.
|
|
|
7002 */
|
|
|
7003 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
7004 {
|
|
|
7005 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7006 }
|
|
|
7007 else
|
|
|
7008 {
|
|
|
7009 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7010 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7011 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
|
7012 #endif
|
|
|
7013 {
|
|
|
7014 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
|
7015 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
278
|
7016
|
|
|
7017 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
|
|
|
7018 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
|
|
|
7019 * again when auto-formatting. */
|
|
|
7020 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
|
|
|
7021 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
7022 {
|
|
|
7023 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
7024 TRUE);
|
|
|
7025 int len;
|
|
|
7026
|
|
|
7027 len = STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
7028 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
7029 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
7030 }
|
|
|
7031
|
|
7
|
7032 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
|
7033 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7034 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7035 }
|
|
|
7036 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7037 else
|
|
|
7038 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7039 #endif
|
|
|
7040
|
|
|
7041 /*
|
|
|
7042 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
|
7043 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
|
7044 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
|
7045 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
|
7046 */
|
|
|
7047 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7048 {
|
|
|
7049 /*
|
|
|
7050 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
|
7051 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
|
7052 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
|
7053 */
|
|
|
7054 oldState = State;
|
|
|
7055 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
7056 /*
|
|
|
7057 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
|
7058 */
|
|
|
7059 while (cc > 0)
|
|
|
7060 {
|
|
|
7061 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7062 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7063 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
7064 #else
|
|
|
7065 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
7066 #endif
|
|
|
7067 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7068 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7069 }
|
|
|
7070 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
|
7071 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
7072 State = oldState;
|
|
|
7073 }
|
|
|
7074 }
|
|
|
7075 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7076 }
|
|
|
7077 else
|
|
|
7078 {
|
|
|
7079 /*
|
|
|
7080 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
|
7081 */
|
|
|
7082 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7083 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
|
7084 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7085 #endif
|
|
|
7086 mincol = 0;
|
|
|
7087 /* keep indent */
|
|
|
7088 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
7089 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7090 && !revins_on
|
|
|
7091 #endif
|
|
|
7092 )
|
|
|
7093 {
|
|
|
7094 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7095 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
7096 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
|
7097 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7098 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7099 }
|
|
|
7100
|
|
|
7101 /*
|
|
|
7102 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
|
7103 */
|
|
|
7104 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
|
7105 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
|
7106 || (curbuf->b_p_sts
|
|
|
7107 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
|
7108 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
|
7109 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
|
7110 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
|
7111 {
|
|
|
7112 int ts;
|
|
|
7113 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
7114 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
|
7115 int extra = 0;
|
|
|
7116
|
|
|
7117 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
|
7118 if (p_sta)
|
|
|
7119 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
7120 else
|
|
|
7121 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
7122 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
|
7123 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
|
7124 * the previous character. */
|
|
|
7125 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7126 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7127 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
|
7128 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7129 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
|
7130
|
|
|
7131 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
|
7132 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
|
7133 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
|
7134 {
|
|
|
7135 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7136 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7137 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7138 {
|
|
|
7139 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
|
7140 * Replace mode */
|
|
|
7141 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7142 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7143 {
|
|
|
7144 #if 0 /* what was this for? It causes problems when sw != ts. */
|
|
|
7145 if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
7146 {
|
|
|
7147 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7148 extra = 2; /* don't pop too much */
|
|
|
7149 }
|
|
|
7150 else
|
|
|
7151 #endif
|
|
|
7152 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
7153 }
|
|
|
7154 }
|
|
|
7155 else
|
|
|
7156 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7157 }
|
|
|
7158
|
|
|
7159 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
|
7160 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
7161 {
|
|
|
7162 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
|
7163 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7164 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7165 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7166
|
|
|
7167 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7168 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7169 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7170 else
|
|
|
7171 #endif
|
|
|
7172 {
|
|
|
7173 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
7174 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && extra <= 1)
|
|
|
7175 {
|
|
|
7176 if (extra)
|
|
|
7177 replace_push_off(NUL);
|
|
|
7178 else
|
|
|
7179 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7180 }
|
|
|
7181 if (extra == 2)
|
|
|
7182 extra = 1;
|
|
|
7183 }
|
|
|
7184 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7185 }
|
|
|
7186 }
|
|
|
7187
|
|
|
7188 /*
|
|
|
7189 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
|
7190 */
|
|
|
7191 else do
|
|
|
7192 {
|
|
|
7193 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7194 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
|
7195 #endif
|
|
|
7196 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7197
|
|
|
7198 /* start of word? */
|
|
|
7199 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
7200 {
|
|
|
7201 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
|
7202 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
7203 }
|
|
|
7204 /* end of word? */
|
|
|
7205 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
|
7206 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
7207 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
|
7208 {
|
|
|
7209 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7210 if (!revins_on)
|
|
|
7211 #endif
|
|
|
7212 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7213 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7214 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7215 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7216 #endif
|
|
|
7217 break;
|
|
|
7218 }
|
|
|
7219 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7220 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
7221 else
|
|
|
7222 {
|
|
|
7223 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7224 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
|
7225 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), &p1, &p2);
|
|
|
7226 #endif
|
|
|
7227 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7228 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7229 /*
|
|
|
7230 * If p1 or p2 is non-zero, there are combining characters we
|
|
|
7231 * need to take account of. Don't back up before the base
|
|
|
7232 * character.
|
|
|
7233 */
|
|
|
7234 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && (p1 != NUL || p2 != NUL))
|
|
|
7235 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7236 #endif
|
|
|
7237 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7238 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7239 {
|
|
|
7240 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7241 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7242 }
|
|
|
7243 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
7244 break;
|
|
|
7245 #endif
|
|
|
7246 }
|
|
|
7247 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
|
7248 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
7249 break;
|
|
|
7250 } while (
|
|
|
7251 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7252 revins_on ||
|
|
|
7253 #endif
|
|
|
7254 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
|
7255 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7256 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
|
7257 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
|
7258 }
|
|
|
7259 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7260 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7261 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7262 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7263 #endif
|
|
|
7264 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
|
7265 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7266 /*
|
|
|
7267 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
|
7268 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
|
7269 * with.
|
|
|
7270 */
|
|
|
7271 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
7272
|
|
|
7273 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
|
7274 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7275 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7276 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7277
|
|
|
7278 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
|
7279 * was there remains visible
|
|
|
7280 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
|
7281 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
|
7282 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
|
7283 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
|
7284 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
|
7285 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
|
7286 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
7287
|
|
|
7288 return did_backspace;
|
|
|
7289 }
|
|
|
7290
|
|
|
7291 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
7292 static void
|
|
|
7293 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
|
7294 int c;
|
|
|
7295 {
|
|
|
7296 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7297
|
|
|
7298 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7299 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
|
7300 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7301 # endif
|
|
|
7302 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
|
7303 return;
|
|
|
7304
|
|
|
7305 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7306 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7307 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
|
7308 {
|
|
|
7309 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7310 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7311 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7312 # endif
|
|
|
7313 }
|
|
|
7314
|
|
|
7315 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
7316 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
|
7317 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
|
7318 #endif
|
|
|
7319 }
|
|
|
7320
|
|
|
7321 static void
|
|
|
7322 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
|
7323 int up;
|
|
|
7324 {
|
|
|
7325 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7326 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7327 win_T *old_curwin;
|
|
|
7328 # endif
|
|
|
7329
|
|
|
7330 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7331
|
|
|
7332 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7333 old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
7334
|
|
|
7335 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
|
7336 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7337 {
|
|
|
7338 int row, col;
|
|
|
7339
|
|
|
7340 row = mouse_row;
|
|
|
7341 col = mouse_col;
|
|
|
7342
|
|
|
7343 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
|
7344 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
|
7345 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7346 }
|
|
|
7347 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
|
7348 # endif
|
|
|
7349 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7350
|
|
|
7351 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
7352 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
|
7353 else
|
|
|
7354 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
|
7355
|
|
|
7356 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7357 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
7358
|
|
|
7359 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
7360 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7361 # endif
|
|
|
7362
|
|
|
7363 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
|
7364 {
|
|
|
7365 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7366 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7367 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7368 # endif
|
|
|
7369 }
|
|
|
7370 }
|
|
|
7371 #endif
|
|
|
7372
|
|
|
7373 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7374 void
|
|
|
7375 ins_scroll()
|
|
|
7376 {
|
|
|
7377 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7378
|
|
|
7379 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7380 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7381 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
|
7382 {
|
|
|
7383 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7384 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7385 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7386 # endif
|
|
|
7387 }
|
|
|
7388 }
|
|
|
7389
|
|
|
7390 void
|
|
|
7391 ins_horscroll()
|
|
|
7392 {
|
|
|
7393 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7394
|
|
|
7395 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7396 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7397 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
|
7398 {
|
|
|
7399 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7400 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7401 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7402 # endif
|
|
|
7403 }
|
|
|
7404 }
|
|
|
7405 #endif
|
|
|
7406
|
|
|
7407 static void
|
|
|
7408 ins_left()
|
|
|
7409 {
|
|
|
7410 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7411
|
|
|
7412 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7413 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7414 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7415 #endif
|
|
|
7416 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7417 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7418 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
|
7419 {
|
|
|
7420 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7421 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7422 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
|
7423 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
|
7424 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7425 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
7426 #endif
|
|
|
7427 }
|
|
|
7428
|
|
|
7429 /*
|
|
|
7430 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
|
7431 * previous line
|
|
|
7432 */
|
|
|
7433 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7434 {
|
|
|
7435 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7436 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
7437 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7438 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
|
7439 }
|
|
|
7440 else
|
|
|
7441 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7442 }
|
|
|
7443
|
|
|
7444 static void
|
|
|
7445 ins_home(c)
|
|
|
7446 int c;
|
|
|
7447 {
|
|
|
7448 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7449
|
|
|
7450 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7451 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7452 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7453 #endif
|
|
|
7454 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7455 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7456 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
|
7457 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
7458 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7459 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7460 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7461 #endif
|
|
|
7462 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
|
7463 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7464 }
|
|
|
7465
|
|
|
7466 static void
|
|
|
7467 ins_end(c)
|
|
|
7468 int c;
|
|
|
7469 {
|
|
|
7470 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7471
|
|
|
7472 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7473 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7474 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7475 #endif
|
|
|
7476 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7477 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7478 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
|
7479 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
7480 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7481 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
7482
|
|
|
7483 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7484 }
|
|
|
7485
|
|
|
7486 static void
|
|
|
7487 ins_s_left()
|
|
|
7488 {
|
|
|
7489 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7490 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7491 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7492 #endif
|
|
|
7493 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7494 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
7495 {
|
|
|
7496 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7497 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7498 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7499 }
|
|
|
7500 else
|
|
|
7501 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7502 }
|
|
|
7503
|
|
|
7504 static void
|
|
|
7505 ins_right()
|
|
|
7506 {
|
|
|
7507 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7508 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7509 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7510 #endif
|
|
|
7511 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7512 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
|
7513 )
|
|
|
7514 {
|
|
|
7515 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7516 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7517 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7518 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
7519 oneright();
|
|
|
7520 else
|
|
|
7521 #endif
|
|
|
7522 {
|
|
|
7523 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7524 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
474
|
7525 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
7526 else
|
|
|
7527 #endif
|
|
|
7528 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7529 }
|
|
|
7530
|
|
|
7531 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7532 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7533 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7534 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7535 #endif
|
|
|
7536 }
|
|
|
7537 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
|
7538 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
|
7539 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
|
7540 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
7541 {
|
|
|
7542 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7543 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7544 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7545 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7546 }
|
|
|
7547 else
|
|
|
7548 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7549 }
|
|
|
7550
|
|
|
7551 static void
|
|
|
7552 ins_s_right()
|
|
|
7553 {
|
|
|
7554 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7555 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7556 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7557 #endif
|
|
|
7558 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7559 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
7560 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7561 {
|
|
|
7562 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7563 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
7564 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7565 }
|
|
|
7566 else
|
|
|
7567 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7568 }
|
|
|
7569
|
|
|
7570 static void
|
|
|
7571 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
|
7572 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7573 {
|
|
|
7574 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7575 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7576 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7577 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7578 #endif
|
|
|
7579
|
|
|
7580 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7581 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7582 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7583 {
|
|
|
7584 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7585 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7586 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7587 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7588 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7589 #endif
|
|
|
7590 )
|
|
|
7591 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7592 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7593 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7594 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7595 #endif
|
|
|
7596 }
|
|
|
7597 else
|
|
|
7598 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7599 }
|
|
|
7600
|
|
|
7601 static void
|
|
|
7602 ins_pageup()
|
|
|
7603 {
|
|
|
7604 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7605
|
|
|
7606 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7607 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7608 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7609 {
|
|
|
7610 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7611 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7612 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7613 #endif
|
|
|
7614 }
|
|
|
7615 else
|
|
|
7616 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7617 }
|
|
|
7618
|
|
|
7619 static void
|
|
|
7620 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
|
7621 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7622 {
|
|
|
7623 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7624 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7625 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7626 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7627 #endif
|
|
|
7628
|
|
|
7629 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7630 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7631 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7632 {
|
|
|
7633 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7634 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7635 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7636 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7637 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7638 #endif
|
|
|
7639 )
|
|
|
7640 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7641 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7642 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7643 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7644 #endif
|
|
|
7645 }
|
|
|
7646 else
|
|
|
7647 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7648 }
|
|
|
7649
|
|
|
7650 static void
|
|
|
7651 ins_pagedown()
|
|
|
7652 {
|
|
|
7653 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7654
|
|
|
7655 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7656 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7657 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7658 {
|
|
|
7659 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7660 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7661 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7662 #endif
|
|
|
7663 }
|
|
|
7664 else
|
|
|
7665 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7666 }
|
|
|
7667
|
|
|
7668 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
7669 static void
|
|
|
7670 ins_drop()
|
|
|
7671 {
|
|
|
7672 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
7673 }
|
|
|
7674 #endif
|
|
|
7675
|
|
|
7676 /*
|
|
|
7677 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
|
7678 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
|
7679 */
|
|
|
7680 static int
|
|
|
7681 ins_tab()
|
|
|
7682 {
|
|
|
7683 int ind;
|
|
|
7684 int i;
|
|
|
7685 int temp;
|
|
|
7686
|
|
|
7687 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
7688 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
7689 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
7690 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7691
|
|
|
7692 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
|
7693 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7694 if (ind)
|
|
|
7695 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
7696 #endif
|
|
|
7697
|
|
|
7698 /*
|
|
|
7699 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
|
7700 */
|
|
|
7701 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
|
7702 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
|
7703 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
|
7704 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7705
|
|
|
7706 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7707 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7708
|
|
|
7709 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7710 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7711 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7712 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7713 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7714 #endif
|
|
|
7715 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
|
7716
|
|
|
7717 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
7718 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
7719 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
|
7720 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
7721 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
|
7722 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
7723 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
|
7724
|
|
|
7725 /*
|
|
|
7726 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
|
7727 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
|
7728 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
|
7729 */
|
|
|
7730 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7731 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
|
7732 {
|
|
|
7733 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7734 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7735 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7736 else
|
|
|
7737 #endif
|
|
|
7738 {
|
|
|
7739 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
7740 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
|
7741 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7742 }
|
|
|
7743 }
|
|
|
7744
|
|
|
7745 /*
|
|
|
7746 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
|
7747 */
|
|
|
7748 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
|
7749 {
|
|
|
7750 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
7751 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7752 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
7753 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
7754 #endif
|
|
|
7755 pos_T fpos;
|
|
|
7756 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
|
7757 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
|
7758 int change_col = -1;
|
|
|
7759 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
7760
|
|
|
7761 /*
|
|
|
7762 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
|
7763 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
|
7764 */
|
|
|
7765 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7766 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7767 {
|
|
|
7768 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7769 cursor = &pos;
|
|
|
7770 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7771 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
|
7772 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7773 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
|
7774 }
|
|
|
7775 else
|
|
|
7776 #endif
|
|
|
7777 {
|
|
|
7778 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
7779 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7780 }
|
|
|
7781
|
|
|
7782 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
|
7783 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
7784 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
7785
|
|
|
7786 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
|
7787 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7788 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
|
7789 {
|
|
|
7790 --fpos.col;
|
|
|
7791 --ptr;
|
|
|
7792 }
|
|
|
7793
|
|
|
7794 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
|
7795 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7796 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7797 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7798 {
|
|
|
7799 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
7800 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
|
7801 }
|
|
|
7802
|
|
|
7803 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
|
7804 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7805 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7806
|
|
|
7807 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
|
7808 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
|
7809 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
|
7810 {
|
|
|
7811 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
|
7812 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
|
7813 break;
|
|
|
7814 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
|
7815 {
|
|
|
7816 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
|
7817 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
|
7818 {
|
|
|
7819 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
|
7820 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
|
7821 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7822 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
|
7823 }
|
|
|
7824 }
|
|
|
7825 ++fpos.col;
|
|
|
7826 ++ptr;
|
|
|
7827 vcol += i;
|
|
|
7828 }
|
|
|
7829
|
|
|
7830 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7831 {
|
|
|
7832 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
|
7833
|
|
|
7834 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
|
7835 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
7836 {
|
|
|
7837 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
|
7838 ++ptr;
|
|
|
7839 ++repl_off;
|
|
|
7840 }
|
|
|
7841 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
|
7842 {
|
|
|
7843 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
|
7844 --ptr;
|
|
|
7845 --repl_off;
|
|
|
7846 }
|
|
|
7847 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
|
7848
|
|
|
7849 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
|
7850 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
7851 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
7852 {
|
|
|
7853 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
|
7854 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
|
7855 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7856 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7857 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7858 #endif
|
|
|
7859 )
|
|
|
7860 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
|
7861 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
|
7862 }
|
|
33
|
7863 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
7864 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
7865 {
|
|
|
7866 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
7867 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
|
7868 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
7869 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
|
7870 }
|
|
|
7871 #endif
|
|
7
|
7872 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
|
7873
|
|
|
7874 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7875 /*
|
|
|
7876 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
|
7877 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
|
7878 * spacing.
|
|
|
7879 */
|
|
|
7880 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7881 {
|
|
|
7882 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
|
7883 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
|
7884
|
|
|
7885 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
|
7886 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
|
7887 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
|
7888 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
|
7889 }
|
|
|
7890 #endif
|
|
|
7891 }
|
|
|
7892
|
|
|
7893 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7894 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7895 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
7896 #endif
|
|
|
7897 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
|
7898 }
|
|
|
7899
|
|
|
7900 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7901 }
|
|
|
7902
|
|
|
7903 /*
|
|
|
7904 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
|
7905 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
|
7906 */
|
|
|
7907 static int
|
|
|
7908 ins_eol(c)
|
|
|
7909 int c;
|
|
|
7910 {
|
|
|
7911 int i;
|
|
|
7912
|
|
|
7913 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
7914 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7915 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7916 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7917 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7918
|
|
|
7919 /*
|
|
|
7920 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
|
7921 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
|
7922 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
|
7923 */
|
|
|
7924 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7925 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7926 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7927 #endif
|
|
|
7928 )
|
|
|
7929 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7930
|
|
|
7931 /*
|
|
|
7932 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
7933 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
7934 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
|
7935 * in open_line().
|
|
|
7936 */
|
|
|
7937
|
|
|
7938 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7939 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7940 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
|
7941 fkmap(NL);
|
|
|
7942 # endif
|
|
|
7943 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
|
7944 * current line. */
|
|
|
7945 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
7946 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
7947 #endif
|
|
|
7948
|
|
|
7949 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
|
7950 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
|
7951 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
7952 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
|
7953 #endif
|
|
|
7954 0, old_indent);
|
|
|
7955 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
7956 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7957 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7958 #endif
|
|
|
7959
|
|
|
7960 return (!i);
|
|
|
7961 }
|
|
|
7962
|
|
|
7963 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
7964 /*
|
|
|
7965 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
|
7966 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
|
7967 * done.
|
|
|
7968 */
|
|
|
7969 static int
|
|
|
7970 ins_digraph()
|
|
|
7971 {
|
|
|
7972 int c;
|
|
|
7973 int cc;
|
|
|
7974
|
|
|
7975 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
7976 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7977 {
|
|
|
7978 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
7979 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7980
|
|
|
7981 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
|
7982 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7983 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
|
7984 #endif
|
|
|
7985 }
|
|
|
7986
|
|
|
7987 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
7988 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
7989 #endif
|
|
|
7990
|
|
|
7991 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
|
7992 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
|
7993 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7994 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
7995 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7996 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7997 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
7998 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
|
7999 {
|
|
|
8000 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8001 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8002 #endif
|
|
|
8003 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8004 return NUL;
|
|
|
8005 }
|
|
|
8006 if (c != ESC)
|
|
|
8007 {
|
|
|
8008 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
8009 {
|
|
|
8010 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
8011 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
8012
|
|
|
8013 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
|
8014 {
|
|
|
8015 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
|
8016 * an ESC next */
|
|
|
8017 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
8018 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
8019 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
|
8020 }
|
|
|
8021 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8022 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
|
8023 #endif
|
|
|
8024 }
|
|
|
8025 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
8026 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
8027 cc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
8028 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
8029 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
8030 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
|
8031 {
|
|
|
8032 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
|
8033 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
|
8034 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8035 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8036 #endif
|
|
|
8037 return c;
|
|
|
8038 }
|
|
|
8039 }
|
|
|
8040 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
8041 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8042 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8043 #endif
|
|
|
8044 return NUL;
|
|
|
8045 }
|
|
|
8046 #endif
|
|
|
8047
|
|
|
8048 /*
|
|
|
8049 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
|
8050 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
|
8051 */
|
|
|
8052 static int
|
|
|
8053 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
|
8054 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
8055 {
|
|
|
8056 int c;
|
|
|
8057 int temp;
|
|
|
8058 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
|
8059
|
|
|
8060 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
8061 {
|
|
|
8062 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8063 return NUL;
|
|
|
8064 }
|
|
|
8065
|
|
|
8066 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
|
8067 temp = 0;
|
|
|
8068 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
8069 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
8070 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
8071 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
8072 {
|
|
|
8073 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
8074 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
|
8075 }
|
|
|
8076 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
8077 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
|
8078
|
|
|
8079 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8080 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
8081 #else
|
|
|
8082 c = *ptr;
|
|
|
8083 #endif
|
|
|
8084 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
8085 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8086 return c;
|
|
|
8087 }
|
|
|
8088
|
|
449
|
8089 /*
|
|
|
8090 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
8091 */
|
|
|
8092 static int
|
|
|
8093 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
|
|
|
8094 int tc;
|
|
|
8095 {
|
|
|
8096 int c = tc;
|
|
|
8097
|
|
|
8098 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
8099 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
8100 {
|
|
|
8101 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
|
8102 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
|
8103 else
|
|
|
8104 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
|
8105 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
8106 }
|
|
|
8107 else
|
|
|
8108 #endif
|
|
|
8109 {
|
|
|
8110 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
|
8111 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
8112 {
|
|
|
8113 long tw_save;
|
|
|
8114
|
|
|
8115 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
|
8116 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
|
8117 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
|
8118 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
|
8119 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
|
8120 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
8121 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
8122 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
|
8123 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8124 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
|
8125 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8126 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
8127 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8128 #endif
|
|
|
8129 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
|
8130 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
8131 }
|
|
|
8132 }
|
|
|
8133 return c;
|
|
|
8134 }
|
|
|
8135
|
|
7
|
8136 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8137 /*
|
|
|
8138 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
|
8139 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
|
8140 */
|
|
|
8141 static void
|
|
|
8142 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
|
8143 int c;
|
|
|
8144 {
|
|
|
8145 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
|
8146 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
8147 int i;
|
|
|
8148 int temp;
|
|
|
8149
|
|
|
8150 /*
|
|
|
8151 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
|
8152 */
|
|
|
8153 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
|
8154 {
|
|
|
8155 /*
|
|
|
8156 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
|
8157 */
|
|
|
8158 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
|
8159 {
|
|
|
8160 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8161 /*
|
|
|
8162 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
|
8163 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
|
8164 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
|
8165 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
|
8166 * lines -- webb
|
|
|
8167 */
|
|
|
8168 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
8169 i = pos->col;
|
|
|
8170 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
|
8171 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
|
8172 ;
|
|
|
8173 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
8174 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
8175 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
8176 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
|
8177 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
8178 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
8179 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8180 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8181 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
8182 else
|
|
|
8183 #endif
|
|
|
8184 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
8185 }
|
|
|
8186 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
8187 {
|
|
|
8188 /*
|
|
|
8189 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
|
8190 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
|
8191 */
|
|
|
8192 temp = TRUE;
|
|
|
8193 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8194 {
|
|
|
8195 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8196 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
8197 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8198 {
|
|
|
8199 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
|
8200
|
|
|
8201 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
|
8202 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
8203 break;
|
|
|
8204 }
|
|
|
8205 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
|
8206 temp = FALSE;
|
|
|
8207 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
8208 }
|
|
|
8209 if (temp)
|
|
|
8210 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
8211 }
|
|
|
8212 }
|
|
|
8213
|
|
|
8214 /*
|
|
|
8215 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
|
8216 */
|
|
|
8217 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
|
8218 {
|
|
|
8219 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
|
8220 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
8221 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
8222 }
|
|
|
8223
|
|
|
8224 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
|
8225 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
8226 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8227 }
|
|
|
8228 #endif
|
|
|
8229
|
|
|
8230 /*
|
|
|
8231 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
|
8232 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
8233 */
|
|
|
8234 static colnr_T
|
|
|
8235 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
|
8236 {
|
|
|
8237 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
8238 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8239 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
8240 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
8241 }
|
